Superorder CYCLOSQUAMATA
Introduction
The superorder Cyclosquamata comprises a single order, Aulopiformes (Nelson 2006).
General References
Nelson, J.S. 2006. Fishes of the World. Hoboken, New Jersey : John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 601 pp.
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
12-Feb-2010 | (import) |
Order AULOPIFORMES
Lizardfishes
Compiler and date details
14 December 2016 - Dianne J Bray & Douglass F. Hoese
20 April 2011 - Dianne J Bray & Douglass F. Hoese
Introduction
The order Aulopiformes as presented here follows the classification of Baldwin & Johnson (1996) and Sato & Nakabo (2002) based on morphological characters. Nelson (2006) recognised four extant suborders with 13 families, and one fossil suborder, whereas Eschmeyer (2011) recognises 17 families with 326 species. Johnson et al. (1996) erected the suborder Synodontoidei. Hartel & Stiassny (1986) reviewed relationships within the order. Baldwin & Johnson (1996) also discussed relationships within the group and providing information which differed from previous classifications. The classification of Baldwin & Johnson (1996) recognised Bathysauridae as distinct and related to Giganturidae, and placed Anotopterus within the Paralepedidae. Although Baldwin & Johnson (1996) retained four suborders, the arrangement of families differs considerably from earlier classifications. Sato & Nakabo (2002) erected Paraulopidae to include a group of species from Chlorophthalmidae and recognised Bathysauropsidae for Bathysauropsis and the Bathysauroididae for Bathysauroides. Nelson (2006) followed the classification of Baldwin & Johnson (1996), with the modifications proposed by Sato & Nakabo (2002) and recognised four suborders of extant fishes and two fossil suborders for the Aulopiformes. WIley & Johnson (2010) presented characters diagnosing the order based on the work of Johnson et al. (1996), Baldwin & Johnson (1996) and Sato & Nakabo (2002). Davis (2010) concluded that the Chlorophthalmoidei is paraphyletic. He presented a revised classification based on total evidence, and provided evidence supporting previously unrecognized clades, within some of the suborders. He recognised the suborder Aulopoidei (including the Aulopidae,and Synodontidae), the suborder Paraulopoidei (including only the family Paraulopidae) and the remaining families in the suborder Alepisauroidei. Within the latter suborder he moved some genera from the Papalepididae to the Alepisauridae and recognised the Sudidae as a distinct family. Tentatively we retain the classification of Wiley & Johnson (2010).
Aulopiforms range from benthic fishes inhabiting the continental shelf and slope, to pelagic, meso- and bathypelagic fishes. Many species are hermaphroditic.
General References
Baldwin, C.C. & Johnson, G.D. 1996. Interrelationships of Aulopiformes. pp. 355-404 in Stiassny, M.L.J., Parenti, L.R. & Johnson, G.D. (eds). Interrelationships of Fishes. San Diego : Academic Press 496 pp.
Davis, M.P. 2010. Evolutionary relationships of the Aulopiformes (Euteleostei: Cyclosquamata): a molecular and total evidence approach. pp. 431-470 in Nelson, J.S., Schultze, H.-P. & Wilson, M.V.H. Origin and Phylogenetic Interrelationships of Teleosts. München, Germany : Verlag Dr. Friedrich Pfeil 480 pp.
Eschmeyer, W.N. 2011. Catalog of Fishes. Online version updated 29 March 2011. http://research.calacademy.org/redirect?url=http://researcharchive.calacademy.org/research/Ichthyology/catalog/fishcatmain.asp
Hartel, K.E. & Stiassny, L.J. 1986. The identification of larval Parasudis (Teleostei, Chlorophthalmidae); with notes on the anatomy and relationships of aulopiform fishes. Breviora. Museum of Comparative Zoology 487: 1-23
Johnson,G.D., Baldwin,C.C., Okiyama, M. & Tominaga, Y. 1996. Osteology and relationships of Pseudotrichonotus altivelis (Teleostei: Aulopifornies: Pseudotrichonotidae). Ichthyological Research 43: 17-45
Nelson, J.S. 2006. Fishes of the World. Hoboken, New Jersey : John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 601 pp.
Sato, T. & Nakabo, T. 2002. Paraulopidae and Paraulopus, a new family and genus of aulopiform fishes with revised relationships within the order. Ichthyological Research 49: 25-46
Common Name References
Nelson, J.S. 2006. Fishes of the World. Hoboken, New Jersey : John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 601 pp. [214] (Lizardfishes)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 14-Dec-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
12-Feb-2010 | (import) |
Introduction
Baldwin & Johnson (1996) defined the suborder Alepisauroidei. That classification was followed by Wiley & Johnson (2010). The suborder contains four families of fishes found in mesopelagic and bathypelagic environments in all oceans. Davis (2010) presented a different classification, retaining it as a monophyletic group, but including the families in the superfamily Alepisauroidea of the suborder Alepisauroidei and separated the Sudidae from the Paralepedidae.
General References
Baldwin, C.C. & Johnson, G.D. 1996. Interrelationships of Aulopiformes. pp. 355-404 in Stiassny, M.L.J., Parenti, L.R. & Johnson, G.D. (eds). Interrelationships of Fishes. San Diego : Academic Press 496 pp.
Davis, M.P. 2010. Evolutionary relationships of the Aulopiformes (Euteleostei: Cyclosquamata): a molecular and total evidence approach. pp. 431-470 in Nelson, J.S., Schultze, H.-P. & Wilson, M.V.H. Origin and Phylogenetic Interrelationships of Teleosts. München, Germany : Verlag Dr. Friedrich Pfeil 480 pp.
Wiley, E.O. & Johnson, G.D. 2010. A teleost classification based on monophyletic groups. pp. 123-182 in Nelson, J.S., Schultze, H.-P. & Wilson, M.V.H. Origin and Phylogenetic Interrelationships of Teleosts. München, Germany : Verlag Dr. Friedrich Pfeil 480 pp.
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 16-Jul-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
12-Feb-2010 | (import) |
Family SCOPELARCHIDAE
Pearleyes
Compiler and date details
12 June 2016 - Dianne J. Bray, John R. Paxton, Jennifer E. Gates & Douglass F. Hoese
John R. Paxton & Jennifer E. Gates
Introduction
The Scopelarchidae were recently reviewed by Davis (2015) who studied evolutionary relationships and recognised five genera and 18 species worldwide. Previously, Johnson (1974), recognised four genera and 17 species worldwide, and Johnson (1982) discussed evolutionary relationships. Eight species in five genera are known from Australia's EEZ.
Pearleyes are voracious deep-sea predators found worldwide, commonly at depths of 500-1,000 m as adults. They have large dorsally directed tubular and semi-tubular eyes that allow them to hunt prey above them in the deep oceanic midwaters, and are named for the oval patch of white tissue called the 'pearl organ', found on the side of the eye, the function of which remains obscure (Johnson 1974). Studies by Collin et al. (1998) and Wagner et al. (1998) indicate that they possess a number of visual specializations associated with life in the deep-sea, and are highly capable of observing the bioluminescence produced by other animals. Like most deep-sea aulopiform fishes, pearleyes are simultaneous hermaphrodites (Johnson, 1974; Davis, 2010) with functional ovotestes. Several species are bioluminescent. Maximum size is 35 cm.
General References
Collin, S.P., Hoskins, R.V. & Partridge, J.C.. 1998. Seven retinal specializations in the tubular eyes of the deep-sea pearleye, Scopelarchus michaelsarsi: a case study in visual optimisation. Brain, Behavior and Evolution 51: 291–314
Davis, M.P. 2010. Evolutionary relationships of the Aulopiformes (Euteleostei: Cyclosquamata): a molecular and total evidence approach. pp. 431-470 in Nelson, J.S., Schultze, H.-P. & Wilson, M.V.H. Origin and Phylogenetic Interrelationships of Teleosts. München, Germany : Verlag Dr. Friedrich Pfeil 480 pp.
Davis, M.P. 2015. Evolutionary relationships of the deep-sea pearleyes (Aulopiformes: Scopelarchidae) and a new genus of pearleye from Antarctic waters. Copeia 2015(1): 64-71
Johnson, R.K. 1974. A revision of the alepisauroid family Scopelarchidae (Pisces : Myctophiformes). Fieldiana Zoology 66: 1-249 figs 1-60
Johnson, R.K. 1982. Fishes of the families Evermannellidae and Scopelarchidae: systematics, morphology, interrelationships and zoogeography. Fieldiana Zoology ns 12: 1-252 figs 1-74
Wagner, H.J., Frӧhlich, E., Negishi, K. & Collin, S.P. 1998. The eyes of deep-sea fish II: functional morphology of the retina. Progress in Retinal and Eye Research 17: 637–685
Common Name References
Paxton, J.R. & Niem, V.H. 1999. Families Aulopidae, Chlorophthalmidae, Ipnopidae, Scopelarchidae, Notosudidae. pp. 1919-1927 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1925] (FAO) (Pearleyes)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 19-Dec-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
12-Feb-2010 | (import) |
- Benthalbella Zugmayer, E. 1911. Diagnoses des poissons nouveaux provenant des campagnes du yacht Princesse Alice (1901 à 1910). Bulletin de l'Institut Océanographique Monaco 193: 1-14 [14].
Type species:
Benthalbella infans Zugmayer, 1911 by monotypy.
Distribution
States
New South Wales, Victoria
Extra Distribution Information
Circumglobal.
IMCRA
Tasmania Province (10), Southeast Transition (11), Central Eastern Province (12), Macquarie Island Province (24)
Other Regions
Australian Antarctic Territory
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 12-Jun-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
- Benthalbella elongata Norman, J.R. 1937. Fishes. Report of the British, Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition 1(2): 49-88 figs 1-11 [86].
Type data:
Holotype BMNH 1937.9.21.196, northeast of Kerguelen Island, southern Indian Ocean, 2000 m wire out. [45°53'S, 84°33'E].
Generic Combinations
- Benthalbella elongata (Norman, 1937). —
Bussing, W.A. & Bussing, M.I. 1966. Antarctic Scopelarchidae: a new fish of the genus Benthalbella and the distribution of B. elongata (Norman). Bulletin of the Southern California Academy of Sciences 65(1): 53-64 [58] (changed combination)
Johnson, R.K. 1974. A revision of the alepisauroid family Scopelarchidae (Pisces : Myctophiformes). Fieldiana Zoology 66: 1-249 figs 1-60 [71] (changed combination cited) - Neoscopelarchoides elongatus (Norman, 1937). —
Marshall, N.B. 1950. Alepisauroid fishes. Discovery Reports 27: 303-336 [310] (changed combination)
Distribution
Extra Distribution Information
Caacade Plateau, TAS and Macquarie Island, based on specimens in CSIRO; temperate, Southern circumglobal
IMCRA
Tasmania Province (10), Macquarie Island Province (24)
Other Regions
Australian Antarctic Territory
Ecological Descriptors
Mesopelagic.
General References
Johnson, R.K. 1974. A revision of the alepisauroid family Scopelarchidae (Pisces : Myctophiformes). Fieldiana Zoology 66: 1-249 figs 1-60 [71]
Johnson, R.K. 1982. Fishes of the families Evermannellidae and Scopelarchidae: systematics, morphology, interrelationships and zoogeography. Fieldiana Zoology ns 12: 1-252 figs 1-74 [154]
Johnson, R.K. 1984. Scopelarchidae. pp. 484-488 in Whitehead, P.J.P., Bauchot, M.-L., Hureau, J.-C., Nielsen, J. & Tortonese, E. (eds).). Fishes of the north-eastern Atlantic and the Mediterranean. Paris : UNESCO Vol. 1 510 pp. figs.
Post, A. 1990. Scopelarchidae. pp. 134-135 in Gon, O. & Heemstra, P.C. (eds). Fishes of the Southern Ocean. Grahamstown : J.L.B. Smith Institute of Ichthyology 462 pp. [134]
Common Name References
Stewart, A.L. 2015. Family Scopelarchidae. pp. 566-574 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 2 pp. 1-576. [568] (Elongate Greeneye)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
AULOPIFORMES | 26-Jul-2015 | ADDED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
Species Benthalbella infans Zugmayer, 1911
Childish Pearleye, Greeneye, Zugmayer's Pearleye
- Benthalbella infans Zugmayer, E. 1911. Diagnoses des poissons nouveaux provenant des campagnes du yacht Princesse Alice (1901 à 1910). Bulletin de l'Institut Océanographique Monaco 193: 1-14 [14].
Type data:
Holotype MOM 0091-1188, eastern North Atlantic [36°07´N, 10°18´W].
Distribution
States
New South Wales, Victoria
Extra Distribution Information
Off Newcastle,m NSW (32º56´S) to S of Point Hicks, VIC (38º30´S); tropical, temperate, circumglobal.
IMCRA
Southeast Transition (11), Central Eastern Province (12)
Ecological Descriptors
Mesopelagic.
General References
Paxton, J.R. & Gates, J.E. 2006. Family Scopelarchidae. pp. 488-489 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [488]
Stewart, A.L. 2015. Family Scopelarchidae. pp. 566-574 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 2 pp. 1-576. [569]
Common Name References
Fishbase 2004. Fishbase at. http://www.fishbase.org/Summary. (Fishbase) (Zugmayer's Pearleye)
Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Childish Pearleye)
Stewart, A.L. 2015. Family Scopelarchidae. pp. 566-574 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 2 pp. 1-576. [569] (Greeneye)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 12-Jun-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
- Lagiacrusichthys Davis, M.P. 2015. Evolutionary relationships of the deep-sea pearleyes (Aulopiformes: Scopelarchidae) and a new genus of pearleye from Antarctic waters. Copeia 2015(1): 64-71 [65].
Type species:
Benthalbella macropinna Bussing & Bussing, 1966 by original designation.
Distribution
Extra Distribution Information
Southern Ocean circumglobal
IMCRA
Macquarie Island Province (24)
Other Regions
Australian Antarctic Territory
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
AULOPIFORMES | 26-Jul-2015 | ADDED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
- Benthalbella macropinna Bussing, W.A. & Bussing, M.I. 1966. Antarctic Scopelarchidae: a new fish of the genus Benthalbella and the distribution of B. elongata (Norman). Bulletin of the Southern California Academy of Sciences 65(1): 53-64 [53, Fig. 1].
Type data:
Holotype LACM 10118, Scotia Sea, Eltanin station 359, depth 0-840 m over 3960-3990 m. [56°17'S, 58°09'W].
Paratype(s) LACM 10119-10144 26 specimens; BMNH 1965.5.26.4; SIO 61-42; USNM 231721; USNM 231722.
Generic Combinations
- Lagiacrusichthys macropinna (Bussing & Bussing, 1966). —
Davis, M.P. 2015. Evolutionary relationships of the deep-sea pearleyes (Aulopiformes: Scopelarchidae) and a new genus of pearleye from Antarctic waters. Copeia 2015(1): 64-71 [65] (changed combination as type of genusLagiacrusichthys)
Distribution
Extra Distribution Information
Southern Ocean circumglobal
IMCRA
Macquarie Island Province (24)
Other Regions
Australian Antarctic Territory
Ecological Descriptors
Bathypelagic, mesopelagic.
General References
Davis, M.P. 2015. Evolutionary relationships of the deep-sea pearleyes (Aulopiformes: Scopelarchidae) and a new genus of pearleye from Antarctic waters. Copeia 2015(1): 64-71 [65] (as Lagiacrusichthys macropinnis)
Johnson, R.K. 1974. A revision of the alepisauroid family Scopelarchidae (Pisces : Myctophiformes). Fieldiana Zoology 66: 1-249 figs 1-60 [88] (as Benthalbella macropinna)
Johnson, R.K. 1982. Fishes of the families Evermannellidae and Scopelarchidae: systematics, morphology, interrelationships and zoogeography. Fieldiana Zoology ns 12: 1-252 figs 1-74 [157] (as Benthalbella macropinna)
Johnson, R.K. 1986. Family No. 77: Scopelarchidae. pp. 265-267 in Smith, M.M. & Heemstra, P.C. (eds). Smith's Sea Fishes. Johannesburg : Macmillan South Africa xx + 1047 pp. 144 pls. [266] (as Benthalbella macropinna)
Post, A. 1990. Scopelarchidae. pp. 134-135 in Gon, O. & Heemstra, P.C. (eds). Fishes of the Southern Ocean. Grahamstown : J.L.B. Smith Institute of Ichthyology 462 pp. [135] (as Benthalbella macropinna)
Common Name References
Stewart, A.L. 2015. Family Scopelarchidae. pp. 566-574 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 2 pp. 1-576. [570] (as Benthalbella macropinna) (Longfin Greeneye)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
AULOPIFORMES | 26-Jul-2015 | ADDED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
- Rosenblattichthys Johnson, R.K. 1974. Five new species and a new genus of alepisauroid fishes of the Scopelarchidae (Pisces : Myctophiformes). Copeia 1974(2): 449-457 fig. 1 [451].
Type species:
Phanops volucris Rofen, 1966 by original designation.
Distribution
States
New South Wales
Extra Distribution Information
Circumglobal.
IMCRA
Central Eastern Province (12)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 12-Jun-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
- Benthalbella alatus Fourmanoir, P. 1970. Notes Ichthyologiques (I). Cahiers O.R.S.T.O.M. Serie Océanographique 8(2): 19-33 figs 1-10 [23, fig. 1].
Type data:
Holotype MNHP 1970–36, western equatorial Pacific [00°18´S, 169°57´E].
Distribution
States
New South Wales
Extra Distribution Information
Off Tuggerah Lake (33º17´S) to off Sydney (34º09´S), NSW; tropical, temperate, Indo-west-central Pacific.
IMCRA
Central Eastern Province (12)
Ecological Descriptors
Mesopelagic.
General References
Paxton, J.R. & Gates, J.E. 2006. Family Scopelarchidae. pp. 488-489 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [489]
Common Name References
Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Winged Pearleye)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 12-Jun-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
- Scopelarchoides Parr, A.E. 1929. A contribution to the osteology and classification of the orders Iniomi and Xenoberyces, with descriptions of a new genus and species of the family Scopelarchidae, from the western coast of Mexico; and some notes on the visceral anatomy of Rondeletia. Occasional Papers of the Bingham Oceanographic Collection 2: 1-45 figs 1-19 [14].
Type species:
Scopelarchoides nicholsi Parr, 1929 by original designation.
Distribution
States
New South Wales, Tasmania, Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
Circumglobal.
IMCRA
Tasmania Province (10), Southeast Transition (11), Central Eastern Province (12), Cape Province (20), Central Western Province (6)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 12-Jun-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
- Scopelarchoides danae Johnson, R.K. 1974. Five new species and a new genus of alepisauroid fishes of the Scopelarchidae (Pisces : Myctophiformes). Copeia 1974(2): 449-457 fig. 1 [453].
Type data:
Holotype SIO 70–341, South China Sea [18°10´N, 119°35´E].
Paratype(s) CAS 14300; ISH 2285/71; MCZ 52089-99; SIO (14 lots); USNM 207395; WHOI (11 lots).
Distribution
States
New South Wales, Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
Off Dirk Hartog Island, WA (26ºS), off Cape York, Coral Sea and off Tuggerah Lake, (33º25´S) to south of Sydney, NSW; tropical, Atlantic Indo-west-central Pacific.
IMCRA
Central Eastern Province (12), Cape Province (20), Central Western Province (6)
Ecological Descriptors
Mesopelagic.
General References
Johnson, R.K. 1982. Fishes of the families Evermannellidae and Scopelarchidae: systematics, morphology, interrelationships and zoogeography. Fieldiana Zoology ns 12: 1-252 figs 1-74
Paxton, J.R. & Gates, J.E. 2006. Family Scopelarchidae. pp. 488-489 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [489]
Stewart, A.L. 2015. Family Scopelarchidae. pp. 566-574 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 2 pp. 1-576. [571]
Common Name References
Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Dana Pearleye)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 12-Jun-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
- Scopelarchoides kreffti Johnson, R.K. 1972. Ergebnisse der Forschungsreisen des FFS 'Walther Herwig' nach Südamerika. 21. A new species of Scopelarchoides (Myctophiformes, Scopelarchidae) from the South Atlantic Ocean. Archiv für Fischereiwissenschaft 23(1): 37-42 [37, fig. 1].
Type data:
Holotype ISH 1561-1968, Argentine basin, west South Atlantic [34°01'S, 47°39'W].
Paratype(s) ISH 630-1971; ISH 649-1971; ISH 666-1971; ISH 1012-1971.
Distribution
States
Tasmania
Extra Distribution Information
Off Cape Barren Island (40°43'S, 148°58'E) and Pedra Branca Seamount (44°16'S, 147°14'E), TAS; tropical, temperate, southern circumglobal
IMCRA
Tasmania Province (10), Southeast Transition (11)
Ecological Descriptors
Continental slope, mesopelagic.
Extra Ecological Information
0–2000 m.
General References
Motomura, H., Last, P.R. & Yearsley, G.K. 2007. Scopelarchoides kreffti (Actinopterygii: Aulopiformes: Scopelarchidae) from off Tasmania, Australia: First Records from Outside the South Atlantic Ocean. Species Diversity 12: 9-15 [9]
Common Name References
Stewart, A.L. 2015. Family Scopelarchidae. pp. 566-574 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 2 pp. 1-576. [572] (Blackbelly Pearleye)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 12-Jun-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
- Scopelarchus Alcock, A.W. 1896. Natural history notes from H.M. Indian marine survey steamer Investigator, Series 2(2). A supplemental list of the marine fishes of India with descriptions of two new genera and eight new species. Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal 65(2,3): 301-338 [306] [type species as Guentheri].
Type species:
Scopelarchus guentheri Alcock, 1896 by monotypy (type species as Scopelarchus Guentheri).
Distribution
States
New South Wales, Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
Circumglobal.
IMCRA
Central Eastern Province (12), Central Western Transition (5), Central Western Province (6), Southwest Transition (7), Southern Province (8)
General References
Johnson, R.K. 1982. Fishes of the families Evermannellidae and Scopelarchidae: systematics, morphology, interrelationships and zoogeography. Fieldiana Zoology ns 12: 1-252 figs 1-74
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
- Dissomma anale Brauer, A. 1902. Diagnosen von neuen Tiefseefischen, welche von der Valdivia-Expedition gesammelt sind. Zoologischer Anzeiger 25(668): 277-298 [278].
Type data:
Lectotype ZMB 11750-53 (1 of 4), equatorial Atlantic [00°26´N, 6°32´W].
Paralectotype(s) SMF; ZMB 11750-53 (3 of 4).Subsequent designation references:
Johnson, R.K. 1974. A revision of the alepisauroid family Scopelarchidae (Pisces : Myctophiformes). Fieldiana Zoology 66: 1-249 figs 1-60 [155].
Generic Combinations
- Scopelarchus analis (Brauer, 1902). —
Johnson, R.K. 1974. A revision of the alepisauroid family Scopelarchidae (Pisces : Myctophiformes). Fieldiana Zoology 66: 1-249 figs 1-60 [154] (changed combination cited)
Distribution
States
New South Wales, Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
Off Broken Bay (33º28´S) to off Sydney (33º53´S), NSW, and off Albany, WA (36ºS); tropical, temperate, circumglobal.
IMCRA
Central Eastern Province (12), Southern Province (8)
Ecological Descriptors
Mesopelagic.
General References
Johnson, R.K. 1982. Fishes of the families Evermannellidae and Scopelarchidae: systematics, morphology, interrelationships and zoogeography. Fieldiana Zoology ns 12: 1-252 figs 1-74
Paxton, J.R. & Gates, J.E. 2006. Family Scopelarchidae. pp. 488-489 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [489]
Stewart, A.L. 2015. Family Scopelarchidae. pp. 566-574 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 2 pp. 1-576. [573]
Common Name References
Fishbase 2004. Fishbase at. http://www.fishbase.org/Summary. (Fishbase) (Short Fin Pearleye)
Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Shortfin Pearleye)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 12-Jun-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
- Scopelarchus guentheri Alcock, A.W. 1896. Natural history notes from H.M. Indian marine survey steamer Investigator, Series 2(2). A supplemental list of the marine fishes of India with descriptions of two new genera and eight new species. Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal 65(2,3): 301-338 [307] [as Scopelarchus Guentheri].
Type data:
Holotype ZSI F 63/1, off India [22°14´N, 67°09´E].
Distribution
States
New South Wales, Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
Off central WA (23ºS) and off Nowra, NSW; tropical, circumglobal.
IMCRA
Central Eastern Province (12), Central Western Transition (5), Central Western Province (6), Southwest Transition (7)
Ecological Descriptors
Mesopelagic.
General References
Johnson, R.K. 1982. Fishes of the families Evermannellidae and Scopelarchidae: systematics, morphology, interrelationships and zoogeography. Fieldiana Zoology ns 12: 1-252 figs 1-74
Paxton, J.R. & Gates, J.E. 2006. Family Scopelarchidae. pp. 488-489 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [489]
Common Name References
Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Web 2004. Fishbase. http://www.fishbase.org/Summary., Fishbase) (Staring Pearleye)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 12-Jun-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
Family PARALEPIDIDAE
Barracudinas
Compiler and date details
13 July 2016 - John R. Paxton, Jennifer E. Gates, Dianne J. Bray & Douglass F. Hoese
Introduction
Worldwide, the Paralepididae comprise about 59 species in 13 genera (Post 1972, 1990; Nelson 2006). In Australian waters, 14 described species in nine genera have been recorded and an additional genus and species from Heard Island. In addition, an unidentified species of Lestidiops has been collected from the Northwest Shelf, Western Australia. Magnisudis atlantica (Krøyer, 1868) has been shown to be separate from M. prionosa and Australian records of this genus have been based on M. prionosa. However, M. atlantica does occur on the Tasman Rise just outside of the area covered by this work and is likely to occur in Australian waters. Anotopterus is placed here following Baldwin & Johnson (1996). Relationships of Anotopterus were also discussed by Johnson (1982).
Barracudinas are found in the epipelagic and mesopelagic waters of all oceans; some adults are apparently benthopelagic in slope waters. Fishes and crustaceans are recorded food items. They are characterised by having a slender, elongate body, a posterior anal fin, an elongate snout and fang-like teeth. Maximum size is 1 m in length.
The Paralepididae are in need of revision. Harry (1953a, 1953b) reviewed the North Pacific species and Rofen (1966) reviewed the genera and revised the western North Atlantic species. Post (1972, 1990) provided a catalogue of the types and species synonymies. Post (1986) also treated several species found in Australian waters, and he (1987) revised the subfamily Paralepidinae. Rofen (1966) regarded Anotopterus as monotypic, but the genus was recently revised by Kukuev (1998), who recognised three species. Paxton & Niem (1999) provided details of the family, but separated Anotopterus into its own family. More recently Davis (2010) separated the family into two distinct families the Paralepedidae and Alepisauridae.
A. Post of Institut für Seefischerei, Hamburg, kindly reviewed this family account.
General References
Baldwin, C.C. & Johnson, G.D. 1996. Interrelationships of Aulopiformes. pp. 355-404 in Stiassny, M.L.J., Parenti, L.R. & Johnson, G.D. (eds). Interrelationships of Fishes. San Diego : Academic Press 496 pp.
Davis, M.P. 2010. Evolutionary relationships of the Aulopiformes (Euteleostei: Cyclosquamata): a molecular and total evidence approach. pp. 431-470 in Nelson, J.S., Schultze, H.-P. & Wilson, M.V.H. Origin and Phylogenetic Interrelationships of Teleosts. München, Germany : Verlag Dr. Friedrich Pfeil 480 pp.
Harry, R.R. 1953a. Studies on the bathypelagic fishes of the family Paralepididae. 1. Survey of the genera. Pacific Science 7(2): 219-249 figs 1-22
Harry, R.R. 1953b. Studies on the bathypelagic fishes of the family Paralepididae (order Iniomi). 2. A revision of the North Pacific species. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia 105: 169-230 figs 1-28
Johnson, R.K. 1982. Fishes of the families Evermannellidae and Scopelarchidae: systematics, morphology, interrelationships and zoogeography. Fieldiana Zoology ns 12: 1-252 figs 1-74
Kukuev, E.I. 1998. Systematics and distribution in the world ocean of daggertooth fishes of the genus Anotopterus (Anotopteridae, Aulopiformes). Journal of Ichthyology 38(9): 716-729 [original article in Russian in Voprosky ikhtiologii 38(6): 745–759]
Nelson, J.S. 2006. Fishes of the World. Hoboken, New Jersey : John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 601 pp.
Paxton, J.R. & Niem, V.H. 1999. Families Paralepididae, Anotopteridae, Evermannellidae, Omosudidae, Alepisauridae, Giganturidae. pp. 1948-1954 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068.
Post, A. 1972. Catalogue of type-specimens and designation of lectotypes of the fish-family Paralepididae (Osteichthyes, Myctophoidei). Archiv für Fischereiwissenschaft 23(2): 136-165
Post, A. 1986. Family Paralepididae. pp. 274-278 in Smith, M.M. & Heemstra, P.C. (eds). Smith's Sea Fishes. Johannesburg : Macmillan South Africa xx + 1047 pp. 144 pls.
Post, A. 1987. Results of the research cruises of FRV "Walther Herwig" to South America. LXVII. Revision of the subfamily Paralepidinae (Pisces, Aulopiformes, Alepisauroidei, Paralepididae). I. Taxonomy, morphology and geographical distribution. Archiv für Fischereiwissenschaft 38(1/2): 75-131
Post, A. 1990. Families Paralepididae, Sudidae, Omosudidae, Alepisauridae, Anotopteridae. pp. 373-389 in Quéro, J.-C., Hureau, J.-C., Karrer, C., Post, A. & Saldanha, L. (eds). Check-list of the Fishes of the Eastern Tropical Atlantic. Paris : UNESCO 1492 pp., 3 vols.
Rofen, R.R. 1966. Family Paralepididae. In, Olsen, Y.H. (ed.) Fishes of the western North Atlantic. Memoir. Sears Foundation of Marine Research 1(5): 205-461 figs 55-162
Common Name References
Gomon, M.F., Glover, C.J.M. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds) 1994. The Fishes of Australia's South Coast. Adelaide : State Printer 992 pp. 810 figs. [271] (Barracudinas)
Paxton, J.R. & Niem, V.H. 1999. Families Paralepididae, Anotopteridae, Evermannellidae, Omosudidae, Alepisauridae, Giganturidae. pp. 1948-1954 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1948] (Barracudinas)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 14-Jun-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
12-Feb-2010 | (import) |
- Anotopterus Zugmayer, E. 1911. Diagnoses des poissons nouveaux provenant des campagnes du yacht Princesse Alice (1901 à 1910). Bulletin de l'Institut Océanographique Monaco 193: 1-14 [13].
Type species:
Anotopterus pharao Zugmayer, 1911 by monotypy.
Introduction
The genus is sometimes placed in the family Anotopteridae (Kukuev 1998) or in the Paralepididae (Nelson 2006). Davis (2010) placed the genus in the family Alepisauridae. Kukuev (1998) separated Anotopterus into three species, A. nikparini from the North Pacific, A. pharao from the North Atlantic and the southern circumglobal A. vorax. However, workers in Australia have generally retained the name A. pharao for the Australian and New Zealand specimens, but there is some suggestion that two species are found in southern waters. The names used here are tentative and further work is needed to clarify the species identities (Stewart 2015).
Distribution
States
New South Wales, Tasmania, Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
Circumglobal.
IMCRA
Tasmania Province (10), Central Eastern Province (12), Macquarie Island Province (24), Central Western Transition (5), Central Western Province (6), Southwest Transition (7)
General References
Davis, M.P. 2010. Evolutionary relationships of the Aulopiformes (Euteleostei: Cyclosquamata): a molecular and total evidence approach. pp. 431-470 in Nelson, J.S., Schultze, H.-P. & Wilson, M.V.H. Origin and Phylogenetic Interrelationships of Teleosts. München, Germany : Verlag Dr. Friedrich Pfeil 480 pp.
Kukuev, E.I. 1998. Systematics and distribution in the world ocean of daggertooth fishes of the genus Anotopterus (Anotopteridae, Aulopiformes). Journal of Ichthyology 38(9): 716-729 [original article in Russian in Voprosky ikhtiologii 38(6): 745–759]
Nelson, J.S. 2006. Fishes of the World. Hoboken, New Jersey : John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 601 pp.
Stewart, A.L. 2015. Families Paralepididae, Anotopteridae, Evermannellidae, Omosudidae. pp. 581-606 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 3 pp. 577-1152.
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 12-Jul-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
- Anotopterus pharao Zugmayer, E. 1911. Diagnoses des poissons nouveaux provenant des campagnes du yacht Princesse Alice (1901 à 1910). Bulletin de l'Institut Océanographique Monaco 193: 1-14 [13].
Type data:
Holotype MOM 0091-1154, eastern Atlantic [36°64'30"N, 11°49'W].
Introduction
Kukuev (1998) separated Anotopterus into three species, A. nikparini from the North Pacific, A. pharao from the North Atlantic and the southern circumglobal A. vorax. However, workers in Australia have generally retained the name A. pharao for the Australian and New Zealand specimens, but there is some suggestion that two species are found in southern waters. The names used here are tentative and further work is needed to clarify the species identities (Stewart 2015).
Distribution
States
New South Wales, Tasmania
Extra Distribution Information
Based on specimens in CSIRO and NMV from off Nowra, NSW (34°57'E) and off southeast TAS (43°55'S); temperate, antitropical, circumglobal.
IMCRA
Tasmania Province (10), Central Eastern Province (12)
Ecological Descriptors
Bathypelagic, mesopelagic.
Extra Ecological Information
675–2250 m.
General References
Kukuev, E.I. 1998. Systematics and distribution in the world ocean of daggertooth fishes of the genus Anotopterus (Anotopteridae, Aulopiformes). Journal of Ichthyology 38(9): 716-729 [original article in Russian in Voprosky ikhtiologii 38(6): 745–759] [751]
Stewart, A.L. 2015. Families Paralepididae, Anotopteridae, Evermannellidae, Omosudidae. pp. 581-606 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 3 pp. 577-1152. [596]
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 14-Jun-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
Species Anotopterus vorax (Regan, 1913)
Southern Daggertooth, South Ocean Daggertooth
- Eugnathosaurus vorax Regan, C.T. 1913. The Antarctic fishes of the Scottish National Antarctic Expedition. Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh 49(2): 229-292 figs 1-6 pls 1-11 [234, fig. 1].
Type data:
Holotype NMSZ 1921.143.325, off Coats Land, Antarctica [71°22´S, 16°34´W].
Paratype(s) BMNH 1912.7.1.67.
Generic Combinations
- Anotopterus vorax (Regan, 1913). —
Kukuev, E.I. 1998. Systematics and distribution in the world ocean of daggertooth fishes of the genus Anotopterus (Anotopteridae, Aulopiformes). Journal of Ichthyology 38(9): 716-729 [original article in Russian in Voprosky ikhtiologii 38(6): 745–759] [747] (changed combination with recognition of species; previously regarded as a junior synonym of A. pharao)
Introduction
Kukuev (1998) separated Anotopterus into three species, A. nikparini from the North Pacific, A. pharao from the North Atlantic and the southern circumglobal A. vorax. However, workers in Australia have generally retained the name A. pharao for the Australian and New Zealand specimens, but there is some suggestion that two species are found in southern waters. The names used here are tentative and further work is needed to clarify the species identities (Stewart 2015).
Distribution
States
Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
Temperate, southern circumglobal.
IMCRA
Macquarie Island Province (24), Central Western Transition (5), Central Western Province (6), Southwest Transition (7)
Ecological Descriptors
Epipelagic, mesopelagic.
General References
Kukuev, E.I. 1998. Systematics and distribution in the world ocean of daggertooth fishes of the genus Anotopterus (Anotopteridae, Aulopiformes). Journal of Ichthyology 38(9): 716-729 [original article in Russian in Voprosky ikhtiologii 38(6): 745–759] [718]
Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E., Bray, D.J. & Hoese, D.F. 2006. Paralepididae. pp. 490-494 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [491]
Stewart, A.L. 2015. Families Paralepididae, Anotopteridae, Evermannellidae, Omosudidae. pp. 581-606 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 3 pp. 577-1152. [596]
Common Name References
Kukuev, E.I. 1998. Systematics and distribution in the world ocean of daggertooth fishes of the genus Anotopterus (Anotopteridae, Aulopiformes). Journal of Ichthyology 38(9): 716-729 [original article in Russian in Voprosky ikhtiologii 38(6): 745–759] [718] (South Ocean Daggertooth)
Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Southern Daggertooth)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 14-Jun-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
Genus Arctozenus Gill, 1864
- Arctozenus Gill, T.N. 1864. Note on the paralepidoids and microstomatoids, and on some peculiarities of Arctic ichthyology. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia 16: 187-189 [188].
Type species:
Paralepis borealis Reinhardt, 1832 by original designation.
Distribution
States
New South Wales
Extra Distribution Information
Circumglobal.
IMCRA
Central Eastern Province (12)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 14-Jun-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
- Paralepis risso Bonaparte, C.L.P. 1840. Iconografia della Fauna Italica, per le quattro Classi degli Animali Vertebrati. Pesci. Vol 3 Fasc. 27–29. Roma : Salviucci 135-154 pp., 18 pls. [not seen for publication date Salvatori, T. 1888. Le date della publicazione della "Iconographia della Fauna Italica" del Bonaparte ed Indice delle specie illustrate in detta opera. Bollettino dei Musei di Zoologia ed Anatomia Comparata della Reale Università di Torino 3(48): 1–25 [13]] [152, pl. 124(fig. 2)] [as Paralepis Risso].
Type data:
Holotype whereabouts unknown, off Italy.
Generic Combinations
- Arctozenus risso (Bonaparte, 1840). —
Post, A. 1987. Results of the research cruises of FRV "Walther Herwig" to South America. LXVII. Revision of the subfamily Paralepidinae (Pisces, Aulopiformes, Alepisauroidei, Paralepididae). I. Taxonomy, morphology and geographical distribution. Archiv für Fischereiwissenschaft 38(1/2): 75-131 [80] (as Arctozenus rissoi) - Notolepis risso (Bonaparte, 1840). —
Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F., Allen, G.R. & Hanley, J.E. (eds) 1989. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Pisces: Petromyzontidae to Carangidae. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 7 665 pp. [247] (changed combination cited)
Miscellaneous Literature Names
- Arctozenus rissoi (Bonaparte, 1840). —
Paxton, J.R. & Niem, V.H. 1999. Families Paralepididae, Anotopteridae, Evermannellidae, Omosudidae, Alepisauridae, Giganturidae. pp. 1948-1954 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1949] (misspelling of species name)
Distribution
States
New South Wales
Extra Distribution Information
Off Tuggerah Lake (33º20´S) to off Sydney (34º07´S), NSW, also from Norfolk Ridge, just south of the Norfolk Island Province; tropical, circumglobal.
IMCRA
Central Eastern Province (12)
Ecological Descriptors
Mesopelagic.
General References
Duhamel, G., Hulley, P.-A., Causse, R., Koubbi, P., Vacchi, M., Pruvost, P., Vigetta, S., Irisson, J.-O., Mormède, S., Belchier, M., Dettai, A., Detrich, H.W., Gutt, J., Jones, C.D., Kock, K.-H., Lopez Abellan, L.J. & Van de Putte, A.P. 2014. Chapter 7. Biogeographic Patterns of Fish. pp. 328-362 in De Broyer, C., Koubbi, P., Griffiths, H.J., Raymond, B., Udekem d'Acoz, C., Van de Putte, A.P., Danis, B., David, B., Grant, S., Gutt, J., Held, C., Hosie, G., Huettmann, F., Post, A. & Ropert-Coudert, Y. (eds.). Biogeographic Atlas of the Southern Ocean. Cambridge : Scientific Committee on Antarctic Research 498 pp.
Post, A. 1987. Results of the research cruises of FRV "Walther Herwig" to South America. LXVII. Revision of the subfamily Paralepidinae (Pisces, Aulopiformes, Alepisauroidei, Paralepididae). I. Taxonomy, morphology and geographical distribution. Archiv für Fischereiwissenschaft 38(1/2): 75-131 [79]
Post, A. 1990. Paralepididae. pp. 138-141 in Gon, O. & Heemstra, P.C. (eds). Fishes of the Southern Ocean. Grahamstown : J.L.B. Smith Institute of Ichthyology 462 pp. [138]
Whitley, G.P. 1964. A survey of Australian Ichthyology. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 89(1): 11-127 [37] (434, as Paralepis risso)
Common Name References
Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Web 2004. Fishbase. http://www.fishbase.org/Summary., Fishbase) (Ribbon Barracudina)
Stewart, A.L. 2015. Families Paralepididae, Anotopteridae, Evermannellidae, Omosudidae. pp. 581-606 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 3 pp. 577-1152. [584] (Quarrel Barracudina)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 11-Jul-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
Genus Lestidiops Hubbs, 1916
- Lestidiops Hubbs, C.L. 1916. Notes on the marine fishes of California. University of California Publications in Zoology 16(13): 153-169 pls 18-20 [154].
Type species:
Lestidiops sphyraenopsis Hubbs, 1916 by original designation.
Distribution
States
New South Wales, South Australia, Tasmania
Extra Distribution Information
Circumglobal.
IMCRA
Tasmania Province (10), Southeast Transition (11), Central Eastern Province (12), Tasman Basin Province (13), Southern Province (8), West Tasmania Transition (9)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
- Lestidium indopacificum Ege, V. 1953. Paralepididae I (Paralepis and Lestidium). Taxonomy, ontogeny, phylogeny and distribution. Dana Reports 40: 1-184 figs 1-33 [120, figs 26, 30-31].
Type data:
Holotype ZMUC P.2329237, off India [01°45´N, 73°03´E].
Paratype(s) ZMUC P.2331008-22.
Miscellaneous Literature Names
- Lestidiops indopacifica (Ege, 1953) [mispelling of species name as genus is apparently masculine]. —
Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E., Bray, D.J. & Hoese, D.F. 2006. Paralepididae. pp. 490-494 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [492] - Lestidiops pacifica (Parr, 1931) [misidentification]. —
Glover, C.J.M. 1994. Families Paralepididae, Alepisauridae. pp. 271-275 figs 242-245 in Gomon, M.F., Glover, C.J.M. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds). The Fishes of Australia's South Coast. Adelaide : State Printer 992 pp. 810 figs. [271]
Introduction
The group is in need of revision and the names used here are tentative. The two species from Australia have been confused and previous identifications are uncertain. Most records are based on juveniles with only two known adult specimens reported by Ho & Lin (2023) and records of this species from Australia could well represent another species.
Distribution
States
New South Wales
Extra Distribution Information
Off northern NSW, eastern and southern TAS and SA; tropical, temperate, Indo-west-central Pacific.
IMCRA
Tasmania Province (10), Southeast Transition (11), Central Eastern Province (12), Tasman Basin Province (13), Southern Province (8)
Ecological Descriptors
Mesopelagic.
General References
Glover, C.J.M. 1994. Families Paralepididae, Alepisauridae. pp. 271-275 figs 242-245 in Gomon, M.F., Glover, C.J.M. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds). The Fishes of Australia's South Coast. Adelaide : State Printer 992 pp. 810 figs. [271] (as Lestidiops pacifica)
Ho, H.-C. & Lin, T.-Y. 2023. Adult morphology and redescription of Lestidiops indopacificus (Ege, 1953), with comments on the features of related species (Teleostei, Aulopiformes, Paralepididae). ZooKeys 1160: 109-124
Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E., Bray, D.J. & Hoese, D.F. 2006. Paralepididae. pp. 490-494 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [492]
Whitley, G.P. 1964. A survey of Australian Ichthyology. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 89(1): 11-127 [37] (436)
Common Name References
Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Indo-Pacific Barracudina)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
11-Apr-2024 | ALEPISAUROIDEI | 04-Apr-2024 | MODIFIED | Dr Matthew Lockett (ABRS) |
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 12-Jul-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
- Sudis jayakari Boulenger, G.A. 1889. Second account of the fishes obtained by Surgeon Major A.S.G. Jayakar at Muscat, east coast of Arabia. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1889(2): 236-246 pls 25-28 [241, fig.].
Type data:
Holotype BMNH 1889.4.15.60, Muscat, Gulf of Oman. - Paralepis pseudosphyraenoides danae Ege, V. 1930. Contributions to the knowledge of the North Atlantic and the Mediterranean species of the genus Paralepis Cuv. A systematical and biological investigation. Report on the Danish Oceanographic Expedition 1908-1910 to the Mediterranean and Adjacent Seas 2A(13): 1-201 [79, fig. 19].
Type data:
Lectotype ZMUC P.2322674, Atlantic Ocean off north-west Africa [25°07'N, 19°20'W].
Paralectotype(s) ZMUC P.2323811; ZMUC P.2323816; ZMUC P.2323841-42.Subsequent designation references:
Post, A. 1972. Catalogue of type-specimens and designation of lectotypes of the fish-family Paralepididae (Osteichthyes, Myctophoidei). Archiv für Fischereiwissenschaft 23(2): 136-165 [143]. - Paralepis pacificus Parr, A.E. 1931. Deepsea fishes from off the western coast of North and Central America with keys to the genera Stomias, Diplophos, Melamphaes and Bregmaceros, and a revision of the macropterus group of the genus Lampanyctus. Bulletin of the Bingham Oceanographic Collection 2(4): 1-53 figs 1-18 [19, figs 6-7].
Type data:
Holotype YPM 2654, off Pacific coast of Mexico [20°48'15"N, 106°11'50"W].
Paratype(s) YPM 2655.
Taxonomic Decision for Synonymy
- Post, A. 1990. Families Paralepididae, Sudidae, Omosudidae, Alepisauridae, Anotopteridae. pp. 373-389 in Quéro, J.-C., Hureau, J.-C., Karrer, C., Post, A. & Saldanha, L. (eds). Check-list of the Fishes of the Eastern Tropical Atlantic. Paris : UNESCO 1492 pp., 3 vols. [375]
Generic Combinations
- Lestidium pseudosphyraenoides danae (Ege, 1930). —
Whitley, G.P. 1964. A survey of Australian Ichthyology. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 89(1): 11-127 [37] (changed combination cited) - Lestidiops jayakari (Boulenger, 1889). —
Post, A. 1986. Family Paralepididae. pp. 274-278 in Smith, M.M. & Heemstra, P.C. (eds). Smith's Sea Fishes. Johannesburg : Macmillan South Africa xx + 1047 pp. 144 pls. [275] (changed combination cited)
Introduction
The group is in need of revision and the names used here are tentative. The two species from Australia have been confused and previous identifications are uncertain.
Distribution
States
New South Wales, Tasmania
Extra Distribution Information
Off northern NSW to TAS; tropical, temperate, circumglobal.
IMCRA
Tasmania Province (10), Southeast Transition (11), Central Eastern Province (12)
Ecological Descriptors
Mesopelagic.
General References
Last, P.R., Scott, E.O.G. & Talbot, F.H. 1983. Fishes of Tasmania. Hobart : Tasmanian Fisheries Development Authority 563 pp. figs. (as Lestidiops pacifica)
Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E., Bray, D.J. & Hoese, D.F. 2006. Paralepididae. pp. 490-494 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [492]
Stewart, A.L. 2015. Families Paralepididae, Anotopteridae, Evermannellidae, Omosudidae. pp. 581-606 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 3 pp. 577-1152. [585]
Whitley, G.P. 1964. A survey of Australian Ichthyology. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 89(1): 11-127 [37] (435)
Common Name References
Gomon, M.F., Glover, C.J.M. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds) 1994. The Fishes of Australia's South Coast. Adelaide : State Printer 992 pp. 810 figs. [271] (Pacific Barracudina)
Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Pacific Barracudina)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 14-Jun-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
- Lestidiops mirabilis Ege, V. 1933. On some new fishes of the families Sudidae and Stomiatidae. Videnskabelige Meddelelser fra Dansk Naturhistorisk Forening i Kjøbenhavn 94: 223-236 [228].
Type data:
Holotype ZMUC (lost), Dana station 3683, Sulawesi Sea, western Pacific [4°03'N, 123°26'E].
Distribution
States
New South Wales
Extra Distribution Information
Based on a specimen in the Australian Museum, recorded by Gloerfelt-Tarp & Kailola (1984) south of Java so possibly also off NW Australia: tropical, Indo-Pacific (possibly circumglobal)
IMCRA
Central Eastern Province (12)
Distribution References
- Gloerfelt-Tarp, T. & Kailola, P.J. 1984. Trawled Fishes of Southern Indonesia and Northwest Australia. Jakarta : Dir. Gen. Fish. (Indonesia), German Tech. Coop., Aust. Dev. Ass. Bur. 406 pp.
- Ho, H.-C. & Lin, T.-Y. 2023. Adult morphology and redescription of Lestidiops indopacificus (Ege, 1953), with comments on the features of related species (Teleostei, Aulopiformes, Paralepididae). ZooKeys 1160: 109-124 [118]
General References
Ho, H.-C. and Huang, C.-H. 2022. First adult record of the barracudina Lestidiops extremus (Ege, 1953), based on a specimen from the Philippines (Teleostei: Paralepididae). Zootaxa 5195: 579-584 [580] (Comparative material)
Common Name References
Ho, H.-C. & Lin, T.-Y. 2023. Adult morphology and redescription of Lestidiops indopacificus (Ege, 1953), with comments on the features of related species (Teleostei, Aulopiformes, Paralepididae). ZooKeys 1160: 109-124 [118] (Strange Pike Smelt)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
ALEPISAUROIDEI | 09-Jan-2024 | ADDED | Dr Matthew Lockett (ABRS) |
Genus Lestidium Gilbert, 1905
- Lestidium Gilbert, C.H. 1905. The deep-sea fishes. In, Jordan, D.S. & Evermann, B.W. The aquatic resources of the Hawaiian Islands. Bulletin of the United States Fish Commission 23(2): 575-713 figs 230-276 pls 66-101 [607].
Type species:
Lestidium nudum Gilbert, 1905 by original designation.
Distribution
States
New South Wales, Northern Territory, Queensland, Tasmania, Victoria, Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
Circumglobal.
IMCRA
Timor Transition (1), Southeast Transition (11), Central Eastern Province (12), Central Eastern Transition (15), Northeast Province (18), Northeast Transition (19), Timor Province (2), Northwest Transition (3), Northwest Province (4), Central Western Transition (5), Central Western Province (6)
Other Regions
Coral Sea Islands Territory
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 12-Jul-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
- Lestidium atlanticum Borodin, N.A. 1928. Scientific results of the yacht Ara expedition during the years 1926 to 1928, while in command of William K. Vanderbilt. Fishes. Bulletin of the Vanderbilt Oceanographic Museum 1(1): 1-37 pls 1-5 [10, pl. 1(2)].
Type data:
Holotype AMNH (holotype formerly VMM 36), Jamaica.
Distribution
States
Queensland, Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
Off Shark Bay (26°57'S, 112°22'E) to off Port Hedland (17°59'S, 118°17'E), WA and east of Townsville (18°01'S, 147°07'E), QLD; tropical, Atlantic Indo-west-central Pacific.
IMCRA
Northeast Transition (19), Northwest Transition (3), Central Western Province (6)
Ecological Descriptors
Mesopelagic.
General References
Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E., Bray, D.J. & Hoese, D.F. 2006. Paralepididae. pp. 490-494 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [492]
Whitley, G.P. 1964. A survey of Australian Ichthyology. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 89(1): 11-127 [37] (347)
Common Name References
Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Web 2004. Fishbase. http://www.fishbase.org/Summary., Fishbase, Papua New Guinea) (Atlantic Barracudina)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 12-Jul-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
- Lestidium longilucifer Ho, H.-C., Graham, K. & Russell, B. 2020. Three new species of the barracudina genus Lestidium (Aulopiformes: Paralepididae) from the Indo-West Pacific. Zootaxa 4767(1): 71-88 [72].Zoobank Registration Number:2F042E11-D699-435A-9BFA-E0D36D895473
Type data:
Holotype AM I.22821-063 260 mm SL (demersal trawl, 298–320 m, RV Soela, 10–11 Apr. 1982, coll. J. Paxton & M. McGrouther), 190 km northwest of Port Hedland, North West Shelf, WA [18°16’S, 118°12’E].
Paratype(s) AMS I.22809-045 2: 214‒242 mm SL, North West Shelf, 250 km NW of Port Headland, WA [18°40’S, 116°42’E]; AMS I.22817-022 2, 279‒292 mm SL, North West Shelf, WA [18°06’S, 117°45’E]; AMS I.22821-023 6, 231‒259 mm SL, same data as Holotype; AMS I.31175-002 1, 219 mm SL, off Shark Bay, WA [26°57’S, 112°22’E]; CSIRO H2094-01 1, 258 mm SL, NE of Mermaid Reef, Rowley Shoals, WA [16°59’S, 120°15’E]; CSIRO H3040-05 1, 225 mm SL, SW of Shark Bay, WA [26°59’S, 112°38’E]; CSIRO H3154-36, H3154-37 3, 246‒265, SW of Imperieuse Reef, WA [18°07’S, 118°08’E]; NMMBP 25561, 26017, 27928 3, 183-205 mm SL, off Dong-gang, Pingtung, Southwestern Taiwan; NTM 12607-007 1, 243 mm SL, off Rowley Shoals, Northwest Shelf, WA [17°51’S, 118°30’E].
Miscellaneous Literature Names
- Lestidium atlanticum non Borodin, 1928 [a misidentification]. —
Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F., Allen, G.R. & Hanley, J.E. (eds) 1989. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Pisces: Petromyzontidae to Carangidae. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 7 665 pp. [247]
Hutchins, J.B. 2001. Checklist of the fishes of Western Australia. Records of the Western Australian Museum, Supplement 63: 9-50 [21]
Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E., Bray, D.J. & Hoese, D.F. 2006. Paralepididae. pp. 490-494 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [492]
Larson, H.K., Williams, R.S. & Hammer, M.P. 2013. An annotated checklist of the fishes of the Northern Territory, Australia. Zootaxa 3696(1): 1-293 [48]
Distribution
States
Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
Known only from the type series collected from north-western Australia and southern Taiwan; tropical, east Indo-west Pacific (Taiwan)
IMCRA
Timor Province (2), Northwest Transition (3), Northwest Province (4), Central Western Transition (5)
Common Name References
Ho, H.-C., Graham, K. & Russell, B. 2020. Three new species of the barracudina genus Lestidium (Aulopiformes: Paralepididae) from the Indo-West Pacific. Zootaxa 4767(1): 71-88 [72] (Long Light-organ Barracudina)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
ALEPISAUROIDEI | 04-Apr-2024 | ADDED | Dr Matthew Lockett (ABRS) |
- Lestidium nigrirostrum Ho, H.-C., Graham, K. & Russell, B. 2020. Three new species of the barracudina genus Lestidium (Aulopiformes: Paralepididae) from the Indo-West Pacific. Zootaxa 4767(1): 71-88 [78].Zoobank Registration Number:5C95A762-A737-46ED-984B-169E5F5400E1
Type data:
Holotype CSIRO H1159-16 316 mm SL, Marian Plateau, ENE of Townsville, QLD [17°30.1’S, 150°41.2’E,].
Paratype(s) CSIRO H616-27 to CSIRO H616-31 5, 313-325 mm SL, northeast of Whitsunday group, Marian Plateau, QLD [19°0.7’S, 150°41.2’E]; AMS I.19202-004 6, 242‒264 mm SL, 50 km SE of Newcastle, NSW [33°11’S, 152°20’E]; AMS I.25825-001 1, 324 mm SL, 120 km N of Townsville, QLD [18°00’S, 147°06’E]; AMS I.25836-003 1, 308 mm SL, 125 km N of Townsville, QLD [17°59’S, 147°07’E]; AMS I.26393-002 5, 218‒245 mm SL, 70 km ENE of Sydney, NSW [33°44’S, 151°52’E]; AMS I.27594-009 1, 216 mm SL, near Gascoyne Seamount, Tasman Sea [36°38’S, 156°11’E]; AMS I.40005-001 1, 338 mm SL, 15 km E of Montague Island, NSW [36°12’S, 150°24’E]; NMV A.7122 1, 195 mm SL, Broken Bay, New South Wales [33°43’S, 151°52’E]; NMV A.7661 1, 203 mm SL, off Wollongong, Tasman Sea, NSW [34°27’S, 151°18’E].
Distribution
States
New South Wales, Queensland, Tasmania, Victoria
Extra Distribution Information
Tasman Sea off eastern Australia, from the Coral Sea off central QLD to Bass Strait, TAS, possibly also from North West Shelf, WA
IMCRA
Southeast Transition (11), Central Eastern Province (12), Central Eastern Transition (15), Northeast Province (18), Northeast Transition (19)
Other Regions
Coral Sea Islands Territory
Common Name References
Ho, H.-C., Graham, K. & Russell, B. 2020. Three new species of the barracudina genus Lestidium (Aulopiformes: Paralepididae) from the Indo-West Pacific. Zootaxa 4767(1): 71-88 [78] (Australian Robust Barracudina)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
ALEPISAUROIDEI | 04-Apr-2024 | ADDED | Dr Matthew Lockett (ABRS) |
- Lestidium nudum Gilbert, C.H. 1905. The deep-sea fishes. In, Jordan, D.S. & Evermann, B.W. The aquatic resources of the Hawaiian Islands. Bulletin of the United States Fish Commission 23(2): 575-713 figs 230-276 pls 66-101 [607, fig. 236].
Type data:
Holotype USNM 51615, Pailolo Channel between Molokai and Maui, Hawaii.
Distribution
States
New South Wales, Northern Territory, Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
West of Cape Leveque, WA (16º27'N, 120º24'E) to off Melville Island, NT (129º23'E) and off Coffs Harbour (29º49´S) to E of Dalmeny, NSW (36º09´S); temperate, east-Indo-west-central Pacific.
IMCRA
Timor Transition (1), Southeast Transition (11), Central Eastern Province (12), Timor Province (2), Northwest Transition (3)
Distribution References
Ecological Descriptors
Mesopelagic.
General References
Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E., Bray, D.J. & Hoese, D.F. 2006. Paralepididae. pp. 490-494 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [492]
Common Name References
Fishbase 2004. Fishbase at. http://www.fishbase.org/Summary. (Fishbase) (Deep Water Pike Smelt)
Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Web 2004. Fishbase. http://www.fishbase.org/Summary., Papua New Guinea) (Naked Barracudina)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 12-Jul-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
Genus Lestrolepis Harry, 1953
- Lestrolepis Harry, R.R. 1953. Studies on the bathypelagic fishes of the family Paralepididae. 1. Survey of the genera. Pacific Science 7(2): 219-249 figs 1-22 [240] [proposed as a subgenus of Lestidium Gilbert, 1905].
Type species:
Paralepis philippinus Fowler, 1934 by original designation.
Distribution
States
Northern Territory, Queensland, Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
Atlantic Indo-west-central Pacific.
IMCRA
Timor Transition (1), Kenn Transition (16), Kenn Province (17), Northeast Province (18), Northeast Transition (19), Timor Province (2), Northwest Transition (3), Central Western Province (6)
Other Regions
Coral Sea Islands Territory
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 12-Jul-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
- Lestidium japonicum Tanaka, S. 1908. Descriptions of eight new species of fishes from Japan. Annotationes Zoologicae Japonenses 7(1): 27-47 figs 1-2 [27].
Type data:
Holotype FUMT 2013, Sagami Bay, Japan.
Paratype(s) FUMT 2014.
Distribution
States
Northern Territory, Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
West of Green Head, WA (30°01'S) to east of Arafura Sea, NT (133°25'E); tropical, Indo-west-central Pacific.
IMCRA
Timor Transition (1), Timor Province (2), Northwest Transition (3), Central Western Province (6)
Distribution References
Ecological Descriptors
Mesopelagic.
General References
Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E., Bray, D.J. & Hoese, D.F. 2006. Paralepididae. pp. 490-494 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [493]
Common Name References
Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Japanese Barracudina)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 12-Jul-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
Species Lestrolepis pofi (Harry, 1953)
- Lestidium pofi Harry, R.R. 1953. Studies on the bathypelagic fishes of the family Paralepididae (order Iniomi). 2. A revision of the North Pacific species. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia 105: 169-230 figs 1-28 [189].
Type data:
Holotype USNM 163316 130.3 mm SL, at the surface in the littoral waters of Christmas [Kiritimati] Island, Line Islands [Kiribati].
Paratype(s) CAS(SU) 18632 126.2 mm SL, same data as holotype.Secondary source:
Ho, H.-C. and Golani, D. 2019. A new species of Lestrolepis from the Red Sea, with redescription of Lestrolepis pofi (Harry, 1953) (Aulopiformes: Parelepididae). Zootaxa 4619(3): 571-579 [572] (re-description).
Generic Combinations
- Lestrolepis pofi (Harry, 1953). —
Rofen, R.R. 1960. Biological results of the Snellius expedition XIX Reidentification of the bathypelagic fishes of the family Paralepididae collected by the Snellius Expedition in the East Indies. Temminckia 10: 200-208 [201] (new combination)
Miscellaneous Literature Names
- Lestrolepis luetkeni (not of Ege). —
Paxton, J.R. & Niem, V.H. 1999. Families Paralepididae, Anotopteridae, Evermannellidae, Omosudidae, Alepisauridae, Giganturidae. pp. 1948-1954 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1949]
Distribution
States
Queensland
Extra Distribution Information
Coral Sea, off QLD; tropical, Indo-Pacific
IMCRA
Kenn Transition (16), Kenn Province (17), Northeast Province (18), Northeast Transition (19)
Other Regions
Coral Sea Islands Territory
General References
Ho, H.-C. and Golani, D. 2019. A new species of Lestrolepis from the Red Sea, with redescription of Lestrolepis pofi (Harry, 1953) (Aulopiformes: Parelepididae). Zootaxa 4619(3): 571-579
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
11-Apr-2024 | ALEPISAUROIDEI | 05-Apr-2024 | MODIFIED | Dr Matthew Lockett (ABRS) |
ALEPISAUROIDEI | 02-Sep-2022 | ADDED |
- Macroparalepis Burton, M. 1934. Pisces section for 1933. Zoological Records 70: 1-63 [15].
Type species:
Macroparalepis danae Ege, 1933 by original designation. - Macroparalepis Ege, V. 1933. On some new fishes of the families Sudidae and Stomiatidae. Videnskabelige Meddelelser fra Dansk Naturhistorisk Forening i Kjøbenhavn 94: 223-236 [229] [technically this name is not available as no type species was designated, which is a requirement after 1930 under the Code of Zoological Nomenclature Article 13b; see Eschmeyer, W.N. 1998. Catalog of Fishes. San Francisco : California Academy of Sciences pp. 3 vols 2905. [2855, Appendix A] for discussion of this complicated issue; authorship may belong to Harry, 1953].
Type species:
Macroparalepis affinis Ege, 1933 by subsequent designation, see Harry, R.R. 1953. Studies on the bathypelagic fishes of the family Paralepididae. 1. Survey of the genera. Pacific Science 7(2): 219-249 figs 1-22 [240].
Distribution
States
New South Wales, South Australia, Tasmania, Victoria, Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
Circumglobal.
IMCRA
Tasmania Province (10), Southeast Transition (11), Central Eastern Province (12), Southern Province (8), West Tasmania Transition (9)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 11-Jul-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
Species Macroparalepis macrogeneion Post, 1973
Longfin Barracudina, Headband Barracudina
- Macroparalepis macrogeneion Post, A. 1973. Ergebnisse der Forschungsreisen des FFS Walther Herwig nach Südamerika, XXVII. Macroparalepis Ege, 1933 (Osteichthyes, Myctophoidei, Paralepididae), Revision der Gattung und Beschreibung zweier neuuer Arten. Archiv für Fischereiwissenschaft 23(3): 202-242 figs 1-6 [218, fig. 4].
Type data:
Holotype ISH 896/71a, South Atlantic [39°53´S, 21°44´W].
Paratype(s) ISH 494/71; ISH 653/71; ISH 896/71b; ISH 1489/71.
Distribution
States
New South Wales, South Australia, Tasmania, Victoria, Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
Tasman Sea off Sydney, NSW to southern WA; temperate, southern circumglobal
IMCRA
Tasmania Province (10), Southeast Transition (11), Central Eastern Province (12), Southern Province (8), West Tasmania Transition (9)
Ecological Descriptors
Mesopelagic.
General References
Glover, C.J.M. 1994. Families Paralepididae, Alepisauridae. pp. 271-275 figs 242-245 in Gomon, M.F., Glover, C.J.M. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds). The Fishes of Australia's South Coast. Adelaide : State Printer 992 pp. 810 figs. [272]
Gomon, M.F. 2008. Family Paralepedidae. pp. 267-268 in Gomon, M.F., Bray, D.J. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds). Fishes of Australia's Southern Coast. Sydney : Reed New Holland 928 pp. [268]
Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E., Bray, D.J. & Hoese, D.F. 2006. Paralepididae. pp. 490-494 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [493]
Common Name References
Gomon, M.F., Glover, C.J.M. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds) 1994. The Fishes of Australia's South Coast. Adelaide : State Printer 992 pp. 810 figs. [272] (Longfin Barracudina)
Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Longfin Barracudina)
Stewart, A.L. 2015. Families Paralepididae, Anotopteridae, Evermannellidae, Omosudidae. pp. 581-606 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 3 pp. 577-1152. [590] (Headband Barracudina)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 15-Jun-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
Genus Magnisudis Harry, 1953
- Magnisudis Harry, R.R. 1953. Studies on the bathypelagic fishes of the family Paralepididae. 1. Survey of the genera. Pacific Science 7(2): 219-249 figs 1-22 [234].
Type species:
Magnisudis barysoma Harry, 1953 by original designation.
Excluded Taxa
- Misidentifications
PARALEPIDIDAE: Magnisudis atlantica (Krøyer, 1868) [based on re-identification of Australian material] — Paxton, J.R. in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. 2006. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Volume 35. ABRS & CSIRO Publishing : Australia Part 1, pp. xxiv 1-670; Part 2, pp. xxi 671-1472; Part 3, pp. xxi 1473-2178. [493]
Distribution
States
New South Wales, South Australia, Tasmania, Victoria
Extra Distribution Information
Circumglobal.
IMCRA
Tasmania Province (10), Southeast Transition (11), Central Eastern Province (12), Macquarie Island Province (24), West Tasmania Transition (9)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
11-Apr-2024 | ALEPISAUROIDEI | 11-Apr-2024 | MODIFIED | Dr Matthew Lockett (ABRS) |
11-Apr-2024 | PARALEPIDIDAE | 09-Jan-2024 | MODIFIED | Dr Matthew Lockett (ABRS) |
06-Mar-2023 | ALEPISAUROIDEI | 11-Apr-2024 | MODIFIED | |
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 11-Apr-2024 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
11-Apr-2024 | MODIFIED |
- Paralepis atlantica prionosa Rofen, R.R. 1963. Diagnoses of new genera and species of alepisauroid fishes of the family Paralepididae. Oecologia Aquatica 2: 1-7 fig. 1 [1].
Type data:
Holotype CAS(SU) 55091, Antarctic.
Paratype(s) CAS(SU) 55092; USNM 158667.
Generic Combinations
- Paralepis prionosa Rofen, 1963. —
Whitley, G.P. 1964. A survey of Australian Ichthyology. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 89(1): 11-127 [37] (elevated to species status) - Magnisudis prionosa (Rofen, 1963). —
Post, A. 1986. Family Paralepididae. pp. 274-278 in Smith, M.M. & Heemstra, P.C. (eds). Smith's Sea Fishes. Johannesburg : Macmillan South Africa xx + 1047 pp. 144 pls. [276] (changed combination cited)
Miscellaneous Literature Names
- Magnisudis atlantica (Krøyer, 1868) [misidentification].
- Paralepis atlantica Krøyer, 1868 [misidentification; authors considered prionosa to be a junior synonym of M. atlantica, which is now regarded as a different species]. —
Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F., Allen, G.R. & Hanley, J.E. (eds) 1989. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Pisces: Petromyzontidae to Carangidae. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 7 665 pp. [147]
Distribution
States
New South Wales, South Australia, Tasmania, Victoria
Extra Distribution Information
Off Nowra, NSW (34º55'S) to south of Port MacDonnell, SA (140º53'E) including TAS, also off Macquarie Island; temperate, southern circumglobal.
IMCRA
Tasmania Province (10), Southeast Transition (11), Central Eastern Province (12), Macquarie Island Province (24), West Tasmania Transition (9)
Ecological Descriptors
Bathypelagic, mesopelagic.
General References
Duhamel, G., Hulley, P.-A., Causse, R., Koubbi, P., Vacchi, M., Pruvost, P., Vigetta, S., Irisson, J.-O., Mormède, S., Belchier, M., Dettai, A., Detrich, H.W., Gutt, J., Jones, C.D., Kock, K.-H., Lopez Abellan, L.J. & Van de Putte, A.P. 2014. Chapter 7. Biogeographic Patterns of Fish. pp. 328-362 in De Broyer, C., Koubbi, P., Griffiths, H.J., Raymond, B., Udekem d'Acoz, C., Van de Putte, A.P., Danis, B., David, B., Grant, S., Gutt, J., Held, C., Hosie, G., Huettmann, F., Post, A. & Ropert-Coudert, Y. (eds.). Biogeographic Atlas of the Southern Ocean. Cambridge : Scientific Committee on Antarctic Research 498 pp.
Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E., Bray, D.J. & Hoese, D.F. 2006. Paralepididae. pp. 490-494 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [493]
Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F., Allen, G.R. & Hanley, J.E. (eds) 1989. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Pisces: Petromyzontidae to Carangidae. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 7 665 pp. [147] (as Paraliparis atlantica)
Post, A. 1987. Results of the research cruises of FRV "Walther Herwig" to South America. LXVII. Revision of the subfamily Paralepidinae (Pisces, Aulopiformes, Alepisauroidei, Paralepididae). I. Taxonomy, morphology and geographical distribution. Archiv für Fischereiwissenschaft 38(1/2): 75-131 [88]
Post, A. 1990. Paralepididae. pp. 138-141 in Gon, O. & Heemstra, P.C. (eds). Fishes of the Southern Ocean. Grahamstown : J.L.B. Smith Institute of Ichthyology 462 pp. [139]
Whitley, G.P. 1964. A survey of Australian Ichthyology. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 89(1): 11-127 [37] (433, as Paralepis prionosa)
Common Name References
Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Web 2004. Fishbase. http://www.fishbase.org/Summary., Fishbase) (Duckbill Barracudina)
Stewart, A.L. 2015. Families Paralepididae, Anotopteridae, Evermannellidae, Omosudidae. pp. 581-606 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 3 pp. 577-1152. [591] (Giant Barracudina)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
11-Apr-2024 | ALEPISAUROIDEI | 21-Mar-2025 | MODIFIED | Dr Matthew Lockett (ABRS) |
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 11-Jul-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
Genus Notolepis Dollo, 1908
- Notolepis Dollo, L. 1908. Notolepis coatsi, poisson pélagique nouveau recueilli par l'expédition Antarctique Nationale Écossaise. Note préliminaire. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Edinburgh 28: 58-65 [60].
Type species:
Notolepis coatsorum Dollo, 1908 (as Notolepis coatsi) by monotypy.
Distribution
Extra Distribution Information
Southern circumglobal
Other Regions
Heard & McDonald Islands (Aust. Terr.)
Distribution References
- Duhamel, G., Hulley, P.-A., Causse, R., Koubbi, P., Vacchi, M., Pruvost, P., Vigetta, S., Irisson, J.-O., Mormède, S., Belchier, M., Dettai, A., Detrich, H.W., Gutt, J., Jones, C.D., Kock, K.-H., Lopez Abellan, L.J. & Van de Putte, A.P. 2014. Chapter 7. Biogeographic Patterns of Fish. pp. 328-362 in De Broyer, C., Koubbi, P., Griffiths, H.J., Raymond, B., Udekem d'Acoz, C., Van de Putte, A.P., Danis, B., David, B., Grant, S., Gutt, J., Held, C., Hosie, G., Huettmann, F., Post, A. & Ropert-Coudert, Y. (eds.). Biogeographic Atlas of the Southern Ocean. Cambridge : Scientific Committee on Antarctic Research 498 pp.
- Miller, R.G. 1993. History and Atlas of the Fishes of the Antarctic Ocean. Carson City, Nevada : Foresta Institute for Ocean and Mountain Studies i-xx + 792 pp.
- Post, A. 1990. Paralepididae. pp. 138-141 in Gon, O. & Heemstra, P.C. (eds). Fishes of the Southern Ocean. Grahamstown : J.L.B. Smith Institute of Ichthyology 462 pp.
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
AULOPIFORMES | 14-Jun-2012 | ADDED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
- Notolepis coatsorum Eschmeyer, W.N. 2014. Catalog of Fishes. Online version updated 19 May 2014. http://research.calacademy.org/research/ichthyology/catalog/fishcatmain.asp [emendation; stated derivation after two brothers named Coats and orum is apparently the correct ending for men, but it is unclear if this would require a manditory change in the name.].
Distribution
Extra Distribution Information
Temperate, southern circumglobal
Other Regions
Heard & McDonald Islands (Aust. Terr.)
Ecological Descriptors
Bathypelagic.
General References
Duhamel, G., Hulley, P.-A., Causse, R., Koubbi, P., Vacchi, M., Pruvost, P., Vigetta, S., Irisson, J.-O., Mormède, S., Belchier, M., Dettai, A., Detrich, H.W., Gutt, J., Jones, C.D., Kock, K.-H., Lopez Abellan, L.J. & Van de Putte, A.P. 2014. Chapter 7. Biogeographic Patterns of Fish. pp. 328-362 in De Broyer, C., Koubbi, P., Griffiths, H.J., Raymond, B., Udekem d'Acoz, C., Van de Putte, A.P., Danis, B., David, B., Grant, S., Gutt, J., Held, C., Hosie, G., Huettmann, F., Post, A. & Ropert-Coudert, Y. (eds.). Biogeographic Atlas of the Southern Ocean. Cambridge : Scientific Committee on Antarctic Research 498 pp.
Post, A. 1990. Paralepididae. pp. 138-141 in Gon, O. & Heemstra, P.C. (eds). Fishes of the Southern Ocean. Grahamstown : J.L.B. Smith Institute of Ichthyology 462 pp. [141]
Common Name References
Duhamel, G., Gasco, N. & Davaine, P. 2005. Poissons des îles Kerguelen et Crozet. Patrimoines naturels (M.N.H.N./S.P.N.) 63: 1-419 (Antarctic Jonasfish)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
AULOPIFORMES | 14-Jun-2012 | ADDED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
Genus Stemonosudis Harry, 1951
- Stemonosudis Harry, R.R. 1951. Deep-sea fishes of the Bermuda Oceanographic Expedition. Family Paralepididae. Zoologica (New York) 36(1): 17-35 figs 1-9 [32].
Type species:
Macroparalepis intermedius Ege, 1933 by original designation.
Distribution
States
New South Wales, Northern Territory, Queensland, Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
Circumglobal.
IMCRA
Timor Transition (1), Southeast Transition (11), Lord Howe Province (14), Northeast Transition (19), Timor Province (2), Northern Shelf Province (25), Northwest Shelf Transition (26), Northwest Transition (3), Northwest Province (4)
Other Regions
Coral Sea Islands Territory
General References
Ho, H-C., Russell, B., Graham, K. & Psomadakis, P.N. 2019. Review of the Stemonosudis rothschildi species complex, with descriptions of two new species from the Indo-west Pacific Ocean (Aulopiformes: Paralepididae). Zootaxa 4702(1): 216-229
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
06-Mar-2023 | ALEPISAUROIDEI | 02-Sep-2022 | MODIFIED | |
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 12-Jul-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
- Macroparalepis elegans Ege, V. 1933. On some new fishes of the families Sudidae and Stomiatidae. Videnskabelige Meddelelser fra Dansk Naturhistorisk Forening i Kjøbenhavn 94: 223-236 [232].
Type data:
Holotype ZMUC P.2318733, Tasman Sea, south of Lord Howe Island [33°39´S, 159°E].
Generic Combinations
- Stemonosudis elegans (Ege, 1933). —
Harry, R.R. 1953. Studies on the bathypelagic fishes of the family Paralepididae. 1. Survey of the genera. Pacific Science 7(2): 219-249 figs 1-22 [231] (changed combination, tentative)
Distribution
States
New South Wales
Extra Distribution Information
South of Lord Howe Island; tropical, Indo-west-central Pacific.
IMCRA
Lord Howe Province (14)
Ecological Descriptors
Mesopelagic.
General References
Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E., Bray, D.J. & Hoese, D.F. 2006. Paralepididae. pp. 490-494 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [494]
Whitley, G.P. 1964. A survey of Australian Ichthyology. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 89(1): 11-127 [37] (439)
Common Name References
Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Tailspot Barracudina)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 13-Jul-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
- Macroparalepis elongatus Ege, V. 1933. On some new fishes of the families Sudidae and Stomiatidae. Videnskabelige Meddelelser fra Dansk Naturhistorisk Forening i Kjøbenhavn 94: 223-236 [233].
Type data:
Holotype ZMUC P2318729 (Dana station 3908), southwest of Sri Lanka, Indian Ocean [4°28'N, 82°13'E].Secondary source:
Ho, H.-C. and Huang, C.-H. 2022. First adult record, redescription and distribution of Stemonosudis elongata (Aulopiformes: Paralepididae). Zootaxa 5189(1): 131-137 (redescription).
Introduction
First described based on a young specimen, re-described and distribution extended by Ho & Huang (2022)
Distribution
States
Queensland, Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
NW of Exmouth, WA (20°08'S, 112°56'E), and east of Osprey Reef, Coral Sea, Australia (13°46’, 148°05’)
IMCRA
Northeast Transition (19), Northwest Province (4)
Other Regions
Coral Sea Islands Territory
Distribution References
General References
Ho, H.-C. and Huang, C.-H. 2022. First adult record, redescription and distribution of Stemonosudis elongata (Aulopiformes: Paralepididae). Zootaxa 5189(1): 131-137
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
PARALEPIDIDAE | 03-Aug-2023 | ADDED | Dr Matthew Lockett (ABRS) |
- Macroparalepis macrurus Ege, V. 1933. On some new fishes of the families Sudidae and Stomiatidae. Videnskabelige Meddelelser fra Dansk Naturhistorisk Forening i Kjøbenhavn 94: 223-236 [232] [derivation apparently from the Greek makros = large + oura = tail, treated sometimes as noun or sometimes as an adjective by authors].
Type data:
Holotype ZMUC P.2318730, off Indonesia [5°17´S, 97°06´E].
Generic Combinations
- Stemonosudis macrura (Ege, 1933). —
Post, A. 1986. Family Paralepididae. pp. 274-278 in Smith, M.M. & Heemstra, P.C. (eds). Smith's Sea Fishes. Johannesburg : Macmillan South Africa xx + 1047 pp. 144 pls. [277] (changed combination cited)
Miscellaneous Literature Names
- Stemonosudis macrurus (Ege, 1933) [treated species name as noun]. —
Post, A. 1990. Paralepididae. pp. 138-141 in Gon, O. & Heemstra, P.C. (eds). Fishes of the Southern Ocean. Grahamstown : J.L.B. Smith Institute of Ichthyology 462 pp. [277]
Distribution
States
New South Wales
Extra Distribution Information
East of Eden, NSW; tropical, Indo-Pacific.
IMCRA
Southeast Transition (11)
Ecological Descriptors
Mesopelagic.
General References
Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E., Bray, D.J. & Hoese, D.F. 2006. Paralepididae. pp. 490-494 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [494]
Whitley, G.P. 1964. A survey of Australian Ichthyology. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 89(1): 11-127 [37] (438, as Macroparalepis macrurus)
Common Name References
Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Sharpchin Barracudina)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 12-Jul-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
Species Stemonosudis multifasciatus Ho, Russell, Graham & Psomadakis, 2019
Multi-blotch Barracudina
- Stemonosudis multifasciatus Ho, H-C., Russell, B., Graham, K. & Psomadakis, P.N. 2019. Review of the Stemonosudis rothschildi species complex, with descriptions of two new species from the Indo-west Pacific Ocean (Aulopiformes: Paralepididae). Zootaxa 4702(1): 216-229 [222].
Type data:
Holotype NMMBP P30955 (329.5‒332 m, 24 Sep. 2018.), off Myanmar, Andaman Sea, Eastern Indian Ocean [11°01’49.8”N, 96°53’31.8”E].
Paratype(s) NMMBP P30956‒7 2: 248‒249 mm SL (308‒310 m, 20 Sep. 2018), off Myanmar, Andaman Sea, Eastern Indian Ocean [12°43’16.8”N, 96°45’21.6”E]; NTM S.12288-039 280 mm SL (270‒300 m, 5 Sep. 1987), east of Evans Shoal, Northern Territory, Arafura Sea [9º46’S, 130º14’E]; NTM S.12455-002 254 mm SL (275 m, 7 Jul. 1988), north of Bathurst Island, Northern Territory, Arafura Sea [9º46’S, 130º00’E]; SAIAB 14159 283 mm SL (330 m, 18 Jul. 1980), off Sumatra, Andaman Sea, eastern Indian Ocean [6°29’N, 97°54.4’E]; SAIAB 65701 (320 m, 31 Jul. 1980), Molluca Straits, Indonesia, Andaman Sea, eastern Indian Ocean [6°345’N, 98°00’E,].
Distribution
States
Northern Territory
Extra Distribution Information
North of Melville Island, NT; tropical, east Indo-west Pacific
IMCRA
Timor Transition (1), Northern Shelf Province (25), Northwest Shelf Transition (26)
Ecological Descriptors
Continental slope.
Extra Ecological Information
270-330 m
Common Name References
Ho, H-C., Russell, B., Graham, K. & Psomadakis, P.N. 2019. Review of the Stemonosudis rothschildi species complex, with descriptions of two new species from the Indo-west Pacific Ocean (Aulopiformes: Paralepididae). Zootaxa 4702(1): 216-229 [222] (Multi-blotch Barracudina)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
ALEPISAUROIDEI | 02-Sep-2022 | ADDED |
Species Stemonosudis retrodorsalis Ho, Russell, Graham & Psomadakis, 2019
Back-fin Barracudina
- Stemonosudis retrodorsalis Ho, H-C., Russell, B., Graham, K. & Psomadakis, P.N. 2019. Review of the Stemonosudis rothschildi species complex, with descriptions of two new species from the Indo-west Pacific Ocean (Aulopiformes: Paralepididae). Zootaxa 4702(1): 216-229 [225].
Type data:
Holotype BSKU 15795 151 mm SL (460‒514 m, otter trawl, 10 Jun. 1972), off Tawitawi Island, the Philippines, Sulu Sea [5°40.9’N, 119°46.3’E‒5°43.1’N, 119°47.0’E].
Paratype(s) BSKU 15794 161 mm SL, same data as holotype; BSKU 15796‒15802 8: 100-142 mm SL, same data as holotype; NMMBP P30958 3: 111-137 mm SL, same data as holotype; BMNH 1981.11.30.1 146.4 mm SL (40‒180 m, midwater trawl, 15 Jul. 1979), southern coast of eastern Java, Indonesia [8°44’S, 114°16’E].
Distribution
States
Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
210 km NW of Port Hedland; tropical, east Indo-west Pacific
IMCRA
Northwest Transition (3)
Ecological Descriptors
Continental slope.
Extra Ecological Information
396‒514 m
Common Name References
Ho, H-C., Russell, B., Graham, K. & Psomadakis, P.N. 2019. Review of the Stemonosudis rothschildi species complex, with descriptions of two new species from the Indo-west Pacific Ocean (Aulopiformes: Paralepididae). Zootaxa 4702(1): 216-229 [225] (Back-fin Barracudina)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
ALEPISAUROIDEI | 02-Sep-2022 | ADDED |
- Stemonosudis rothschildi Richards, W.J. 1967. Stemonosudis rothschildi, a new paralepidid fish from the central Pacific. California Fisheries and Game 1: 35-39 figs 1-2 [35, figs 1-2].
Type data:
Holotype USNM 199087, off Hawaii [22°47´N, 150°09´E].
Distribution
States
Northern Territory, Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
Off Port Hedland (18º33´S) to off Joseph Bonaparte Gulf (128º48´E), WA and east of Evans Shoal, NT; tropical, Indo-west-central Pacific.
IMCRA
Timor Transition (1), Timor Province (2), Northwest Transition (3)
Distribution References
- Larson, H.K., Williams, R.S. & Hammer, M.P. 2013. An annotated checklist of the fishes of the Northern Territory, Australia. Zootaxa 3696(1): 1-293 [48]
- Russell, B.C. & Houston, W. 1989. Offshore fishes of the Arafura Sea. The Beagle, Records of the Museums and Art Galleries of the Northern Territory 6(1): 69-84 [80]
Ecological Descriptors
Mesopelagic.
General References
Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E., Bray, D.J. & Hoese, D.F. 2006. Paralepididae. pp. 490-494 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [494]
Common Name References
Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Rothschild's Barracudina)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 12-Jul-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
Genus Sudis Rafinesque, 1810
Type species:
Sudis hyalina Rafinesque, 1810 by monotypy.
Distribution
States
New South Wales
Extra Distribution Information
Circumglobal.
IMCRA
Central Eastern Province (12)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 12-Jul-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
Species Sudis hyalina Rafinesque, 1810
- Sudis hyalina Rafinesque, C.S. 1810. Caratteri di alcuni Nouvi Generi e Nouve Specie di Animali e Piante della Sicilia con varie Osservazioni sopra i Medesimi. Sanfilippo, Palermo. 105, pl. 1-20 [60 pl. 1(2)].
Type data:
Holotype whereabouts unknown (lost), Sicily, Italy.
Miscellaneous Literature Names
- Sudis hyalinus Rafinesque, 1810 [treated genus as masculine, but is apparently feminine]. —
Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E., Bray, D.J. & Hoese, D.F. 2006. Paralepididae. pp. 490-494 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [494]
Distribution
States
New South Wales
Extra Distribution Information
Off Newcastle (33°01´S) to off Nowra, NSW (34°59´S); tropical, circumglobal
IMCRA
Central Eastern Province (12)
Ecological Descriptors
Mesopelagic.
General References
Post, A. 1972. Catalogue of type-specimens and designation of lectotypes of the fish-family Paralepididae (Osteichthyes, Myctophoidei). Archiv für Fischereiwissenschaft 23(2): 136-165 [159]
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 12-Jul-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
Family EVERMANNELLIDAE
Sabertooth Fishes, Sabretooth Fishes
Compiler and date details
13 July 2016 - John R. Paxton, Jennifer E. Gates, Dianne J. Bray & Douglass F. Hoese
John R. Paxton, Jennifer E. Gates & Douglass F. Hoese
Introduction
The Evermannellidae were reviewed most recently by Johnson (1982), who recognised seven species in three genera worldwide. Three species in two genera are known from Australian waters. Some species are known from adjacent regions and it is likely that Odontostomops normalops (Parr 1928) and Coccorella atrata (Alcock 1894) will be found in Australia. Swinney (1994) treated some species from the Atlantic. Stewart (2015) treated species from New Zealand.
Sabertooth fishes are mesopelagic in tropical and temperate waters to depths of 1000 m where they feed primarily on fishes and squids. They have dorsally oriented and semi-tubular or tubular eyes (except in Odontostomops normalops), a dorsal adipose fin and long and fang-like teeth. Maximum length is 18.5 cm.
General References
Johnson, R.K. 1982. Fishes of the families Evermannellidae and Scopelarchidae: systematics, morphology, interrelationships and zoogeography. Fieldiana Zoology ns 12: 1-252 figs 1-74
Stewart, A.L. 2015. Families Paralepididae, Anotopteridae, Evermannellidae, Omosudidae. pp. 581-606 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 3 pp. 577-1152.
Swinney, G.N. 1994. Comments on the Atlantic species of the genus Evermannella (Scopelomorpha, Aulopiformes, Evermannellidae) with a re-evaluation of the status of Evermannella melanoderma. Journal of Fish Biology 44(5): 809-819
Common Name References
Paxton, J.R. & Niem, V.H. 1999. Families Paralepididae, Anotopteridae, Evermannellidae, Omosudidae, Alepisauridae, Giganturidae. pp. 1948-1954 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1951] (FAO) (Sabertooth Fishes)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 13-Jul-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
12-Feb-2010 | (import) |
Genus Coccorella Roule, 1929
- Coccorella Roule, L. 1929. Description de poissons abyssaux provenant de l'île Madère et des parages du Maroc. Bulletin de l'Institut Océanographique Monaco 546: 1-19 3 figs [11].
Type species:
Odontostomus atratus Alcock, 1893 by original designation.
Distribution
States
New South Wales, Queensland, South Australia, Tasmania, Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
Circumglobal.
IMCRA
Tasmania Province (10), Southeast Transition (11), Central Eastern Province (12), Northeast Transition (19), Timor Province (2), Cape Province (20), Southern Province (8)
Other Regions
Coral Sea Islands Territory
General References
Johnson, R.K. 1982. Fishes of the families Evermannellidae and Scopelarchidae: systematics, morphology, interrelationships and zoogeography. Fieldiana Zoology ns 12: 1-252 figs 1-74
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 13-Jul-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
- Evermannella atrata atlantica Parr, A.E. 1928. Deep sea fishes of the order Iniomi from the waters around the Bahama and Bermuda Islands, with annotated keys to the Sudidae, Myctophidae, Scopelarchidae, Evermannellidae, Omosudidae, Cetomimidae and Rondeletiidae of the world. Bulletin of the Bingham Oceanographic Collection 3(3): 1-193 figs 1-43 [166, fig. 40a].
Type data:
Lectotype YPM 2141, Tongue of the Ocean, Bahamas, western North Atlantic [23°58´N, 77°26´W].
Paralectotype(s) BMNH 1930.12.31.3; YPM 2145.Subsequent designation references:
Johnson, R.K. 1982. Fishes of the families Evermannellidae and Scopelarchidae: systematics, morphology, interrelationships and zoogeography. Fieldiana Zoology ns 12: 1-252 figs 1-74 [117].
Generic Combinations
- Coccorella atlantica (Parr, 1928). —
Johnson, R.K. 1982. Fishes of the families Evermannellidae and Scopelarchidae: systematics, morphology, interrelationships and zoogeography. Fieldiana Zoology ns 12: 1-252 figs 1-74 [117] (changed combination cited)
Distribution
States
New South Wales, Queensland, South Australia, Tasmania, Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
South-west of Scott Reef, WA, east of Cape York (12°35'S, 144°25'E) to south-east of Osprey Reef, QLD, off Broken Bay (32º28´S) to off southern TAS and off SA; tropical, temperate, circumglobal.
IMCRA
Tasmania Province (10), Southeast Transition (11), Central Eastern Province (12), Northeast Transition (19), Timor Province (2), Cape Province (20), Southern Province (8)
Ecological Descriptors
Mesopelagic.
General References
Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E. & Hoese, D.F. 2006. Evermannellidae. pp. 495-496 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [495]
Stewart, A.L. 2015. Families Paralepididae, Anotopteridae, Evermannellidae, Omosudidae. pp. 581-606 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 3 pp. 577-1152. [598]
Common Name References
Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Web 2004. Fishbase. http://www.fishbase.org/Summary., Fishbase) (Atlantic Sabretooth)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 13-Jul-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
- Evermannella Fowler, H.W. 1901. Note on the Odontostomidae. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia 53(1): 211-212 [211].
Type species:
Odontostomus hyalinus Cocco, 1838 (type as a replacement name) by indication (= Scopelus balbo Risso, 1820). - Odontostomus Cocco, A. 1838. Su di alcuni Salmonidi del mare di Messina; lettera al Ch. D. Carle Luciano Bonaparte. Nuovi Annali delle Scienze Naturali. Bologna 1(2): 161-194 pls 5-8 [192] [a primary homonym of Odontostomus Beck, 1837 in Mollusca].
Type species:
Odontostomus hyalinus Cocco, 1838 by monotypy.
Distribution
States
New South Wales, Queensland
Extra Distribution Information
Circumglobal.
IMCRA
Southeast Transition (11), Central Eastern Province (12), Lord Howe Province (14), Northeast Province (18), Northeast Transition (19), Cape Province (20), Norfolk Island Province (21), Cocos (Keeling) Island Province (22), Macquarie Island Province (24)
Other Regions
Coral Sea Islands Territory
General References
Johnson, R.K. 1982. Fishes of the families Evermannellidae and Scopelarchidae: systematics, morphology, interrelationships and zoogeography. Fieldiana Zoology ns 12: 1-252 figs 1-74
Stewart, A.L. 2015. Families Paralepididae, Anotopteridae, Evermannellidae, Omosudidae. pp. 581-606 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 3 pp. 577-1152.
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 13-Jul-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
- Scopelus balbo Risso, A. 1820. Mémoire sur deux nouvelles espèces du genre Scopelus observées dans la mer de Nice. Memorie della Reale Accademia delle Scienze di Torino 25: 262-269 [not seen] [268, pl. 10(3)].
Type data:
Holotype MNHP B.1034, Mediterranean Sea. - Odontostomus hyalinus Cocco, A. 1838. Su di alcuni Salmonidi del mare di Messina; lettera al Ch. D. Carle Luciano Bonaparte. Nuovi Annali delle Scienze Naturali. Bologna 1(2): 161-194 pls 5-8 [192, pl. 8(fig. 11)].
Type data:
Status unknown, Messina, Italy.
Taxonomic Decision for Synonymy
- Maul, G.E. 1973. Family Omosudidae. 202 in Hureau, J.-C. & Monod, T. (eds). Checklist of the Fishes of the North-Eastern Atlantic and of the Mediterranean (CLOFNAM). Paris : UNESCO Vol. 1 683 pp. [200]
Distribution
States
New South Wales
Extra Distribution Information
Off Newcastle (33º09´S) to off Lake Illawarra (34º33´S), NSW, also Lord Howe Rise, Norfolk Ridge, and north of Macquarie Island; temperate, discontinuous (Atlantic, south-west Indian and South Pacific Oceans).
IMCRA
Central Eastern Province (12), Lord Howe Province (14), Norfolk Island Province (21), Macquarie Island Province (24)
Ecological Descriptors
Mesopelagic.
General References
Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E. & Hoese, D.F. 2006. Evermannellidae. pp. 495-496 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [496]
Stewart, A.L. 2015. Families Paralepididae, Anotopteridae, Evermannellidae, Omosudidae. pp. 581-606 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 3 pp. 577-1152. [600]
Common Name References
Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Web 2004. Fishbase. http://www.fishbase.org/Summary., Fishbase) (Balbo Sabretooth)
Stewart, A.L. 2015. Families Paralepididae, Anotopteridae, Evermannellidae, Omosudidae. pp. 581-606 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 3 pp. 577-1152. [600] (Brown Sabretooth)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 13-Jul-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
- Evermannella indica Brauer, A. 1906. Die Tiefsee-Fische. 1. Systematischer Teil. Wissenschaftliche Ergebnisse der Deutschen Tiefsee-Expedition auf dem Dampfer "Valdivia" 1898–1899 15(1): 1-432 figs 1-176 pls 1-18 [135].
Type data:
Syntype(s) ZMB 17458, off Seychelles, Indian Ocean [3°24'06"S, 58°38'01"E]; whereabouts unknown, nortrh of Cocos (Keeling) Islands [10°08'02"S, 97°14'09"E]; whereabouts unknown, off Zanzibar, Tanzania [5°42'03"S, 43°36'05"E].
Distribution
States
New South Wales, Queensland
Extra Distribution Information
Coral Sea, QLD (11º40'S-17º40'S) and off Sydney (33º53´S) to off Nowra (35º02'S), NSW; temperate, circumglobal.
IMCRA
Central Eastern Province (12), Northeast Province (18), Northeast Transition (19), Cape Province (20), Cocos (Keeling) Island Province (22)
Other Regions
Coral Sea Islands Territory
Ecological Descriptors
Mesopelagic.
General References
Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E. & Hoese, D.F. 2006. Evermannellidae. pp. 495-496 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [496]
Common Name References
Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Indian Sabretooth)
Stewart, A.L. 2015. Families Paralepididae, Anotopteridae, Evermannellidae, Omosudidae. pp. 581-606 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 3 pp. 577-1152. [601] (Bronze Sabretooth)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 13-Jul-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
Family ALEPISAURIDAE
Hammerjaws, Lancetfishes, Omosudids
Compiler and date details
14 July 2016 - John R. Paxton, Douglass F. Hoese, Dianne J. Bray & Jennifer E. Gates
John R. Paxton, Douglass F. Hoese & Jennifer E. Gates
Introduction
The family Alepisauridae was reviewed by Gibbs & Wilimovsky (1966) who recognised two species in a single genus Alepisaurus. Francis (1981) recorded both species from the south-west Pacific and both occur in Australian waters. Johnson & Baldwin (1996) also included Omosudis in the Alepisauridae. Omosudis was reviewed by Ege (1958) and Rofen (1966) who recognised a single species in this circumglobal bathypelagic genus. Paxton & Niem (1999) and Stewart (2015) treated Omosudis as belonging to a monotypic family.
Alepisaurids are meso- and bathypelagic fishes found worldwide. They are predators with large canines on the palatine and lower jaw; recorded prey items include fishes, cephalopods, tunicates and crustaceans. Other characteristics include an elongate body, a high, long dorsal fin and no scales or light organs. Maximum size reached is 2.1 m.
General References
Baldwin, C.C. & Johnson, G.D. 1996. Interrelationships of Aulopiformes. pp. 355-404 in Stiassny, M.L.J., Parenti, L.R. & Johnson, G.D. (eds). Interrelationships of Fishes. San Diego : Academic Press 496 pp.
Ege, V. 1958. Omosudis Günther, bathypelagic genus of fish. Dana Reports 47: 1-19 figs 1-3
Francis, M.P. 1981. Meristic and morphometric variation in the lancet fish Alepisaurus, with notes on the distribution of A. ferox and A. brevirostris. New Zealand Journal of Zoology 8(3): 403-408 fig. 1
Gibbs, R.H. & Wilimovsky, N.J. 1966. Family Alepisauridae in Olsen, Y.H. (ed.) Fishes of the western North Atlantic. Memoir. Sears Foundation of Marine Research 1(5): 482-497 figs 173-176
Paxton, J.R. & Niem, V.H. 1999. Families Paralepididae, Anotopteridae, Evermannellidae, Omosudidae, Alepisauridae, Giganturidae. pp. 1948-1954 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068.
Rofen, R.R. 1966. Family Omosudidae. In, Olsen, Y.H. (ed.) Fishes of the western North Atlantic. Memoir. Sears Foundation of Marine Research 1(5): 462-481 figs 163-172
Stewart, A.L. 2015. Families Paralepididae, Anotopteridae, Evermannellidae, Omosudidae. pp. 581-606 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 3 pp. 577-1152.
Common Name References
Paxton, J.R. & Niem, V.H. 1999. Families Paralepididae, Anotopteridae, Evermannellidae, Omosudidae, Alepisauridae, Giganturidae. pp. 1948-1954 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1953] (FAO) (Lancetfishes)
Whitley, G.P. 1966. Marine Fishes of Australia. Brisbane : Jacaranda Press Vol. 1 pp. 1-142. [38] (Lancetfishes)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 14-Jul-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
12-Feb-2010 | (import) |
Genus Alepisaurus Lowe, 1833
- Alepisaurus Lowe, R.T. 1833. A description of Alepisaurus, a new genus of fishes. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1: 104 [104].
Type species:
Alepisaurus ferox Lowe, 1833 by monotypy.
Distribution
States
New South Wales, Queensland, South Australia, Tasmania, Victoria, Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
Circumglobal.
IMCRA
Tasmania Province (10), Southeast Transition (11), Central Eastern Province (12), Lord Howe Province (14), Kenn Province (17), Northeast Transition (19), Macquarie Island Province (24), Southeast Shelf Transition (37), Central Eastern Shelf Province (38), Central Eastern Shelf Transition (39), Northwest Province (4), Southwest Transition (7), Southern Province (8)
General References
Francis, M.P. 1981. Meristic and morphometric variation in the lancet fish Alepisaurus, with notes on the distribution of A. ferox and A. brevirostris. New Zealand Journal of Zoology 8(3): 403-408 fig. 1
Glover, C.J.M. 1994. Families Paralepididae, Alepisauridae. pp. 271-275 figs 242-245 in Gomon, M.F., Glover, C.J.M. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds). The Fishes of Australia's South Coast. Adelaide : State Printer 992 pp. 810 figs.
Stewart, A.L. 2015. Families Paralepididae, Anotopteridae, Evermannellidae, Omosudidae. pp. 581-606 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 3 pp. 577-1152.
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 14-Jul-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
Species Alepisaurus brevirostris Gibbs, 1960
Shortnose Lancetfish, Shortsnout Lancetfish, Shortsnouted Handsawfish
- Alepisaurus brevirostris Gibbs, R.H. 1960. Alepisaurus brevirostris, a new species of lancetfish from the western North Atlantic. Breviora. Museum of Comparative Zoology 123: 1-14 figs 1-3 [2, fig. 1].
Type data:
Holotype USNM 186197, north-west Atlantic [38°49´N, 64°02´W].
Paratype(s) ANSP 98566; BMNH 1960.7.12.1; CAS 79535; MCZ 40635; MNHP 1960-0577; SIO 60-164; CAS(SU) 54416; TU 22990; UF 206544; UMMZ 177186.
Distribution
States
South Australia, Tasmania, Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
Southern TAS to off Perth, WA, Macquarie Island, also known from the Kerguelen Islands and probably will be found in nearby Heard & McDonald Islands; tropical, temperate, subantarctic, circumglobal (except North Pacific).
IMCRA
Tasmania Province (10), Macquarie Island Province (24), Southwest Transition (7), Southern Province (8)
Distribution References
- Duhamel, G., Hulley, P.-A., Causse, R., Koubbi, P., Vacchi, M., Pruvost, P., Vigetta, S., Irisson, J.-O., Mormède, S., Belchier, M., Dettai, A., Detrich, H.W., Gutt, J., Jones, C.D., Kock, K.-H., Lopez Abellan, L.J. & Van de Putte, A.P. 2014. Chapter 7. Biogeographic Patterns of Fish. pp. 328-362 in De Broyer, C., Koubbi, P., Griffiths, H.J., Raymond, B., Udekem d'Acoz, C., Van de Putte, A.P., Danis, B., David, B., Grant, S., Gutt, J., Held, C., Hosie, G., Huettmann, F., Post, A. & Ropert-Coudert, Y. (eds.). Biogeographic Atlas of the Southern Ocean. Cambridge : Scientific Committee on Antarctic Research 498 pp. [357]
Ecological Descriptors
Bathypelagic, mesopelagic, oceanic.
General References
Bray, D.J. 2008. Family Alepisauridae. pp. 265-266 in Gomon, M.F., Bray, D.J. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds). Fishes of Australia's Southern Coast. Sydney : Reed New Holland 928 pp. [265]
Glover, C.J.M. 1994. Families Paralepididae, Alepisauridae. pp. 271-275 figs 242-245 in Gomon, M.F., Glover, C.J.M. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds). The Fishes of Australia's South Coast. Adelaide : State Printer 992 pp. 810 figs. [273]
Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F. & Gates, J.E. 2006. Alepisauridae. pp. 497-498 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [498]
Russell, B.C. 2016. Families Synodontidae, Chlorophthalmidae, Notosudidae, Ipnopidae,Scopelarchidae, Evermannellidae, Alepisauridae, Omosudidae, Paralepididae, Anotopteridae, Bathysauridae, Giganturidae. pp. 1824-1854 in Carpenter, K.E. & De Angelis, N. (eds.). The Living Marine Resources of the Eastern Central Atlantic. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fishery Purposes. Bony Fishes Part 1 (Elopiformes to Scorpaeniformes). Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1511-2350. [1840]
Stewart, A.L. 2015. Families Paralepididae, Anotopteridae, Evermannellidae, Omosudidae. pp. 581-606 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 3 pp. 577-1152. [603]
Common Name References
Gomon, M.F., Glover, C.J.M. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds) 1994. The Fishes of Australia's South Coast. Adelaide : State Printer 992 pp. 810 figs. [274] (Shortnose Lancetfish, Shortsnout Lancetfish, Shortsnouted Handsawfish)
Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Shortnose Lancetfish)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 14-Jul-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
Species Alepisaurus ferox Lowe, 1833
Longnose Lancetfish, Lancet Fish, Lancetfish, Longsnout Lancetfish
- Alepisaurus ferox Lowe, R.T. 1833. A description of Alepisaurus, a new genus of fishes. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1: 104 [104].
Type data:
Holotype BMNH 1852.9.13.98, Madeira. - Alepisaurus richardsonii Bleeker, P. 1855. Over eenige visschen van Van Diemensland. Verhandelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen [Verh. Akad. Amsterdam] 2: 1-31 fig. 1 [2, 10] [as Alepisaurus Richardsonii; based on Alepisaurus Richardson, 1844 see Richardson, J. 1844. Ichthyology. pp. 1–16 pls 1–6, 7–8 (parts), 9–10 in Richardson, J. & Gray, J.E. (eds). The Zoology of the Voyage of H.M.S. Erebus and Terror under the command of Captain Sir James Clark Ross, R.N., F.R.S., during the years 1839–43. London : E.W. Janson Vol. 2 139 pp.].
Type data:
Holotype BMNH, TAS (as Van Diemen's Land).
Taxonomic Decision for Synonymy
- Francis, M.P. 1981. Meristic and morphometric variation in the lancet fish Alepisaurus, with notes on the distribution of A. ferox and A. brevirostris. New Zealand Journal of Zoology 8(3): 403-408 fig. 1 [403]
Distribution
States
New South Wales, Tasmania, Victoria, Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
South-east of Eyre (34°04'S, 128°02'E) and Exmouth Plateau, WA (20°55'S, 112°51'E), east of Lizard Island and east of Capricorn Group, Coral Sea, QLD and off Coffs Harbour, NSW (30°18'S, 153°25'E) ) to off southern TAS; tropical, temperate, circumglobal.
IMCRA
Tasmania Province (10), Southeast Transition (11), Central Eastern Province (12), Lord Howe Province (14), Kenn Province (17), Northeast Transition (19), Southeast Shelf Transition (37), Central Eastern Shelf Province (38), Central Eastern Shelf Transition (39), Northwest Province (4), Southern Province (8)
Distribution References
Ecological Descriptors
Bathypelagic, epipelagic, mesopelagic, oceanic.
General References
Glover, C.J.M. 1994. Families Paralepididae, Alepisauridae. pp. 271-275 figs 242-245 in Gomon, M.F., Glover, C.J.M. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds). The Fishes of Australia's South Coast. Adelaide : State Printer 992 pp. 810 figs. [274]
McCulloch, A.R. 1929. A check-list of the fishes recorded from Australia. Part I. Memoirs of the Australian Museum 5: 1–144 [81]
Munro, I.S.R. 1961. Handbook of Australian fishes. Nos 1–42. Australian Fisheries Newsletter 15–17, 19, 20: 1-172 [published as separates 1956–1961] [39] (274)
Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F. & Gates, J.E. 2006. Alepisauridae. pp. 497-498 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [498]
Russell, B.C. 2016. Families Synodontidae, Chlorophthalmidae, Notosudidae, Ipnopidae,Scopelarchidae, Evermannellidae, Alepisauridae, Omosudidae, Paralepididae, Anotopteridae, Bathysauridae, Giganturidae. pp. 1824-1854 in Carpenter, K.E. & De Angelis, N. (eds.). The Living Marine Resources of the Eastern Central Atlantic. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fishery Purposes. Bony Fishes Part 1 (Elopiformes to Scorpaeniformes). Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1511-2350. [1840]
Whitley, G.P. 1964. A survey of Australian Ichthyology. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 89(1): 11-127 [37] (454, as Alepisaurus richardsonii)
Common Name References
Gomon, M.F., Glover, C.J.M. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds) 1994. The Fishes of Australia's South Coast. Adelaide : State Printer 992 pp. 810 figs. [274] (Longnose Lancetfish)
Hutchins, J.B. & Swainston, R. 1986. Sea Fishes of Southern Australia. Complete field guide for anglers and divers. Perth : Swainston Publishing 180 pp. [123] (Lancetfish)
Munro, I.S.R. 1961. Handbook of Australian fishes. Nos 1–42. Australian Fisheries Newsletter 15–17, 19, 20: 1-172 [published as separates 1956–1961] [39] (Lancet Fish)
Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Longnose Lancetfish)
Stewart, A.L. 2015. Families Paralepididae, Anotopteridae, Evermannellidae, Omosudidae. pp. 581-606 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 3 pp. 577-1152. [604] (Longsnout Lancetfish)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 14-Jul-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
Genus Omosudis Günther, 1887
- Omosudis Günther, A. 1887. Report on the deep-sea fishes collected by H.M.S Challenger during the years 1873–1876. Report on the Scientific Results of the Voyage of H.M.S. Challenger 1873–1876, Zoology 22(57): 1-268 figs 1-7 pls 1-66 [201].
Type species:
Omosudis lowei Günther, 1887 by monotypy.
Distribution
States
New South Wales, Queensland, Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
Circumglobal.
IMCRA
Southeast Transition (11), Central Eastern Province (12), Northeast Transition (19), Northwest Transition (3), Northwest Province (4), Southern Province (8)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 14-Jul-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
- Omosudis lowii Günther, A. 1887. Report on the deep-sea fishes collected by H.M.S Challenger during the years 1873–1876. Report on the Scientific Results of the Voyage of H.M.S. Challenger 1873–1876, Zoology 22(57): 1-268 figs 1-7 pls 1-66 [201, fig. 6, pl. 52(c, c')] [often mispelled lowei].
Type data:
Syntype(s) BMNH 1887.12.7.220, south of Philippines; BMNH 1868.5.13.6, Magdalena, Madeira.
Miscellaneous Literature Names
- Omosudis lowei Günther, 1887 [misspelling of species name]. —
Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F., Allen, G.R. & Hanley, J.E. (eds) 1989. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Pisces: Petromyzontidae to Carangidae. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 7 665 pp. [250]
Distribution
States
New South Wales, Queensland, Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
South-west of Osprey Reef, Coral Sea, off Newcastel to off Ulladulla (35º28´S), NSW, off Eucla (127º53´E) and off Exmouth and Dampier (116º43´E), WA; tropical, temperate, circumglobal.
IMCRA
Southeast Transition (11), Central Eastern Province (12), Northeast Transition (19), Northwest Transition (3), Northwest Province (4), Southern Province (8)
Ecological Descriptors
Bathypelagic, mesopelagic.
General References
Bray, D.J. 2008. Family Alepisauridae. pp. 265-266 in Gomon, M.F., Bray, D.J. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds). Fishes of Australia's Southern Coast. Sydney : Reed New Holland 928 pp. [266]
Gomon, M.F. 1994. Families Notosudidae, Omosudidae. pp. 265-267 figs 237-238 in Gomon, M.F., Glover, C.J.M. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds). The Fishes of Australia's South Coast. Adelaide : State Printer 992 pp. 810 figs. [266] (as Omosudis lowei)
Maul, G.E. 1973. Family Omosudidae. 202 in Hureau, J.-C. & Monod, T. (eds). Checklist of the Fishes of the North-Eastern Atlantic and of the Mediterranean (CLOFNAM). Paris : UNESCO Vol. 1 683 pp. [202]
Nielsen, J.G. & Jespersen, A. 1986. Morphometric changes in ripening Omosudis lowei (Pisces, Omosudidae). Archiv für Fischereiwissenschaft 37: 59-67
Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F., Allen, G.R. & Hanley, J.E. (eds) 1989. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Pisces: Petromyzontidae to Carangidae. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 7 665 pp. [250] (as Omosudis lowei)
Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F. & Gates, J.E. 2006. Alepisauridae. pp. 497-498 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [498]
Russell, B.C. 2016. Families Synodontidae, Chlorophthalmidae, Notosudidae, Ipnopidae,Scopelarchidae, Evermannellidae, Alepisauridae, Omosudidae, Paralepididae, Anotopteridae, Bathysauridae, Giganturidae. pp. 1824-1854 in Carpenter, K.E. & De Angelis, N. (eds.). The Living Marine Resources of the Eastern Central Atlantic. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fishery Purposes. Bony Fishes Part 1 (Elopiformes to Scorpaeniformes). Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1511-2350. [1842]
Stewart, A.L. 2015. Families Paralepididae, Anotopteridae, Evermannellidae, Omosudidae. pp. 581-606 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 3 pp. 577-1152. [606]
Common Name References
Gomon, M.F., Glover, C.J.M. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds) 1994. The Fishes of Australia's South Coast. Adelaide : State Printer 992 pp. 810 figs. [266] (Hammerjaw)
Paxton, J.R. & Niem, V.H. 1999. Families Paralepididae, Anotopteridae, Evermannellidae, Omosudidae, Alepisauridae, Giganturidae. pp. 1948-1954 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1952] (FAO) (Omosudid)
Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Hammerjaw)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 14-Jul-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
Suborder SYNODONTOIDEI
Compiler and date details
14 December 2016 - Dianne J Bray & Douglass F. Hoese
20 April 2011 - Dianne J Bray & Douglass F. Hoese
Introduction
Baldwin & Johnson (1996) defined the suborder Synodontoidei. It contains four families of benthic fishes that occur over soft bottoms on the continental shelf and slope.
General References
Baldwin, C.C. & Johnson, G.D. 1996. Interrelationships of Aulopiformes. pp. 355-404 in Stiassny, M.L.J., Parenti, L.R. & Johnson, G.D. (eds). Interrelationships of Fishes. San Diego : Academic Press 496 pp.
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
12-Feb-2010 | (import) |
Introduction
The Pseudotrichonotidae contains a single genus Pseudotrichonotus with up to three species. Yoshino & Araga (1975) erected the family for P. altivelis from the Pacific coast of Japan, placing it in the Myctophiformes. Parin (1992) described a second species, P. xanthotaenia, from the Indian Ocean northeast of Madagascar, but found only minor differences between the two species leading some to suggest that they may be conspecific (see Nelson 2006, Nelson et al. 2016). Johnson et al. 1996 studied the osteology and relationships of P. altivelis and moved the family to the Aulopiformes. Gill & Pogonoski (2016) described a third species from off the Western Australia coast.
General References
Gill, A.C. & Pogonoski, J.J. 2016. Pseudotrichonotus belos new species, first record of the fish family Pseudotrichonotidae from Australia (Teleostei: Aulopiformes). Zootaxa 4205(2): 189-193
Nelson, J.S. 2006. Fishes of the World. Hoboken, New Jersey : John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 601 pp. [216]
Common Name References
Nelson, J.S. 2006. Fishes of the World. Hoboken, New Jersey : John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 601 pp. [216] (Sandiving Lizardfishes)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
SYNODONTOIDEI | 13-Nov-2019 | ADDED |
- Pseudotrichonotus Araga, C. & Yoshino, T. in Masuda, H., Araga, C. & Yoshino, T. 1975. Coastal Fishes of Southern Japan. Tokyo : Tokai University. Press 382 pp. 11 figs 143 pls. [176].
Type species:
Pseudotrichonotus altivelis Yoshino & Araga, 1975 by original designation.
Distribution
States
Western Australia
IMCRA
Central Western Shelf Transition (28), Central Western Shelf Province (29)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
SYNODONTOIDEI | 13-Nov-2019 | ADDED |
- Pseudotrichonotus belos Gill, A.C. & Pogonoski, J.J. 2016. Pseudotrichonotus belos new species, first record of the fish family Pseudotrichonotidae from Australia (Teleostei: Aulopiformes). Zootaxa 4205(2): 189-193 [190].Zoobank Registration Number:http://zoobank.org/urn:lsid:zoobank.org:pub:B092D4D7-40FB-4773-B4C3-8340CEFC1D23
Type data:
Holotype CSIRO H 6406-04 41.2 mm SL, Western Australia, southwest of Exmouth Gulf [22°51’S 113°31’E].
Paratype(s) CSIRO H 6406-05 29.1 mm SL, same data as Holotype; WAM P.34616-001 23.3 mm SL, Western Australia, west of Shark Bay [25°56’S 112°41’E].
Distribution
States
Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
Known from type locations, west of Shark Bay (25°56’S 112°41’E) to southwest of Exmouth Gulf (22°51’S 113°31’E), WA; tropical
Australian Endemic.
IMCRA
Central Western Shelf Transition (28), Central Western Shelf Province (29)
Common Name References
Gill, A.C. & Pogonoski, J.J. 2016. Pseudotrichonotus belos new species, first record of the fish family Pseudotrichonotidae from Australia (Teleostei: Aulopiformes). Zootaxa 4205(2): 189-193 [190] (Dart Sand-diving Lizardfish)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
SYNODONTOIDEI | 13-Nov-2019 | ADDED |
Family PARAULOPIDAE
Cucumberfishes
Compiler and date details
14 December 2016 - Dianne J. Bray, Martin F. Gomon, Katie A. Smith, Douglass F. Hoese, John R. Paxton & Jennifer E. Gates
Introduction
The family Paraulopidae was erected by Sato & Nakabo (2002) to accommodate a number of species previously referred to Chlorophthalmus, family Chlorophthalmidae.A single genus, Paraulopus, with 14 described species is recognised. Seven described species and one undescribed species are currently known in Australian waters, with two additional species from off Norfolk Island. Five species have been described in the past decade (Sato & Nakabo 2002; Gomon & Sato 2004; Gomon 2010; Sato et al. 2010).
Paraulopids are found in tropical and temperate waters of the Indo-West Pacific, and the family is particularly diverse in the Australian region. Sato & Nakabo (2003) revised the P. oblongus group. Gomon (2008) treated the two species found off Australia's southern coast, and Sato et al (2010) provided a key to species in the P. nigripinnis group. Gomon (2015) treated some species known from Australia.
General References
Gomon, M.F. 2008. Family Paraulopidae. pp. 258-259 in Gomon, M.F., Bray, D.J. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds). Fishes of Australia's Southern Coast. Sydney : Reed New Holland 928 pp.
Gomon, M. F. 2010. A new species of Paraulopus (Aulopiformes: Paraulopidae) from seamounts of the Tasman Sea. Memoirs of Museum Victoria 67: 15-18
Sato, T., Gomon, M.F. & Nakabo, T. 2010. Two new Australian species of the Paraulopus nigripinnis complex (Aulopiformes: Paraulopidae). Ichthyological Research 57(3): 254-262
Sato, T. & Nakabo, T. 2002. Paraulopidae and Paraulopus, a new family and genus of aulopiform fishes with revised relationships within the order. Ichthyological Research 49: 25-46
Sato, T. & Nakabo, T. 2002. Two new species of Paraulopus (Osteichthyes: Aulopiformes) from New Zealand and eastern Australia, and comparisons with P. nigripinnis. Species Diversity 7: 393-404
Sato, T. & Nakabo, T. 2003. A revision of the Paraulopus oblongus group (Aulopiformes: Paraulopidae) with description of a new species. Ichthyological Research 50(2): 164-177
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 14-Dec-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
12-Feb-2010 | (import) |
- Paraulopus Sato, T. & Nakabo, T. 2002. Paraulopidae and Paraulopus, a new family and genus of aulopiform fishes with revised relationships within the order. Ichthyological Research 49: 25-46 [27].
Type species:
Chlorophthalmus nigripinnis Günther, 1878 by original designation.
Excluded Taxa
- Misidentifications
PARAULOPIDAE: Paraulopus maculatus Kotthaus, 1967 [restricted to Western Indian Ocean] — Sato, T. & Nakabo, T. 2002. Paraulopidae and Paraulopus, a new family and genus of aulopiform fishes with revised relationships within the order. Ichthyological Research 49: 25-46 [27]
Distribution
States
New South Wales, Northern Territory, Queensland, South Australia, Tasmania, Victoria, Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
Indo-west Pacific.
IMCRA
Timor Transition (1), Tasmania Province (10), Southeast Transition (11), Central Eastern Province (12), Tasman Basin Province (13), Lord Howe Province (14), Central Eastern Transition (15), Kenn Transition (16), Kenn Province (17), Northeast Province (18), Northeast Transition (19), Timor Province (2), Cape Province (20), Norfolk Island Province (21), Northwest Shelf Province (27), Central Western Shelf Transition (28), Central Western Shelf Province (29), Northwest Transition (3), Southwest Shelf Transition (30), Southwest Shelf Province (31), Great Australian Bight Shelf Transition (32), Spencer Gulf Shelf Province (33), Western Bass Strait Shelf Transition (34), Bass Strait Shelf Province (35), Tasmanian Shelf Province (36), Southeast Shelf Transition (37), Central Eastern Shelf Province (38), Central Eastern Shelf Transition (39), Northwest Province (4), Central Western Transition (5), Central Western Province (6), Southwest Transition (7), Southern Province (8), West Tasmania Transition (9)
Other Regions
Coral Sea Islands Territory
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
11-Apr-2024 | SYNODONTOIDEI | 11-Apr-2024 | MODIFIED | |
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 13-Nov-2019 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
- Paraulopus balteatus Gomon, M. F. 2010. A new species of Paraulopus (Aulopiformes: Paraulopidae) from seamounts of the Tasman Sea. Memoirs of Museum Victoria 67: 15-18 [15, fig. 1].
Type data:
Holotype AM I.44606-001, Browns Mount off Botany Bay, Tasman Sea, NSW [34°02'S, 151°39'E].
Paratype(s) NMNZ P.10455; NMNZ P.35686; NMV A22071.
Distribution
States
New South Wales
Extra Distribution Information
Off NSW between 30-35°S, and seamounts and rises in the Tasman Sea including off Lord Howe Island; temperate, south-west Pacific (north of New Zealand).
IMCRA
Central Eastern Province (12), Tasman Basin Province (13), Lord Howe Province (14)
Ecological Descriptors
Benthic, continental slope.
Extra Ecological Information
300-793 m.
Common Name References
Gomon, M. F. 2010. A new species of Paraulopus (Aulopiformes: Paraulopidae) from seamounts of the Tasman Sea. Memoirs of Museum Victoria 67: 15-18 [15] (Banded Cucumberfish)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
AULOPIFORMES | 13-Apr-2012 | ADDED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
- Chlorophthalmus brevirostris Fourmanoir, P. 1981. Résultats des Campagnes Musorstom. 1. Philippines (18-28 mars 1976). Poissons (première liste). Mémoires. Office de la Recherche Scientifique et Technique Outre-Mer. Paris 91: 85-102 [87, fig. 2].
Type data:
Holotype MNHP 1979-0433 Philippines.
Generic Combinations
- Paraulopus brevirostris (Fourmanoir, 1981). —
Sato, T. & Nakabo, T. 2002. Paraulopidae and Paraulopus, a new family and genus of aulopiform fishes with revised relationships within the order. Ichthyological Research 49: 25-46 [27] (changed combination)
Miscellaneous Literature Names
- Paraulopus cf. brevirostris. —
Last, P.R., Pogonoski, J.J., Gledhill, D.C. White, W.T. & Walker, C.J. 2014. The deepwater demersal ichthyofauna of the western Coral Sea. Zootaxa 3887 (2): 191–224 [210] (considered Coral Sea population to be endemic species)
Distribution
States
Northern Territory, Queensland
Extra Distribution Information
SE of Vulcan Shoal, Timor Sea (12°50´S) to north of Bathurst Island, Arafura Sea, NT (130°10´E) and Coral Sea off QLD (17°21´S - 17°41´S); tropical, east-Indo-west Pacific.
IMCRA
Timor Transition (1), Northeast Province (18), Northeast Transition (19), Timor Province (2), Cape Province (20)
Other Regions
Coral Sea Islands Territory
Ecological Descriptors
Benthic, continental shelf.
Extra Ecological Information
302-382 m.
General References
Gloerfelt-Tarp, T. & Kailola, P.J. 1984. Trawled Fishes of Southern Indonesia and Northwest Australia. Jakarta : Dir. Gen. Fish. (Indonesia), German Tech. Coop., Aust. Dev. Ass. Bur. 406 pp. [75, Pl. 74] (as Chlorophthalmus sp. 1)
Gomon, M.F., Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E. & Hoese, D.F. 2006. Paraulopidae. pp. 461-462 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [461]
Paxton, J.R. & Niem, V.H. 1999. Families Aulopidae, Chlorophthalmidae, Ipnopidae, Scopelarchidae, Notosudidae. pp. 1919-1927 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1922]
Sato, T. & Nakabo, T. 2002. Paraulopidae and Paraulopus, a new family and genus of aulopiform fishes with revised relationships within the order. Ichthyological Research 49: 25-46 [27]
Sato, T. & Nakabo, T. 2002. Two new species of Paraulopus (Osteichthyes: Aulopiformes) from New Zealand and eastern Australia, and comparisons with P. nigripinnis. Species Diversity 7: 393-404 [394]
Sato, T. & Nakabo, T. 2003. A revision of the Paraulopus oblongus group (Aulopiformes: Paraulopidae) with description of a new species. Ichthyological Research 50(2): 164-177 [164]
Common Name References
Fishbase 2012. Fishbase. http://www.fishbase.org. (Shortsnout Cucumberfish)
Gomon, M.F., Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E. & Hoese, D.F. 2006. Paraulopidae. pp. 461-462 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [461] (Shortsnout Cucumberfish)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
AULOPIFORMES | 09-May-2012 | ADDED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
- Paraulopus legandi Fourmanoir, P. & Rivaton, I. 1979. Poissons de la pente récifale externe de Nouvelle-Calédonie et des Nouvelles-Hébrides. Cahiers de l'Indo-Pacifique 1(4): 405-443 [407, fig. 1].
Type data:
Holotype MNHP 1978-0468, Southwest of Isle of Pines, New Caledonia.
Generic Combinations
- Paraulopus legandi (Fourmanoir & Rivaton, 1979). —
Sato, T. & Nakabo, T. 2002. Paraulopidae and Paraulopus, a new family and genus of aulopiform fishes with revised relationships within the order. Ichthyological Research 49: 25-46 [27] (changed combination)
Distribution
Extra Distribution Information
Off Norfolk Island, based on specimen in NMV; tropical, south-west Pacific (New Caledonia)
IMCRA
Norfolk Island Province (21)
Distribution References
Ecological Descriptors
Benthic, continental slope.
Extra Ecological Information
360-415 m
General References
Fricke, R., Kulbicki, M. & Wantiez, L. 2011. Checklist of the fishes of New Caledonia, and their distribution in the Southwest Pacific Ocean (Pisces). Stuttgarter Beiträge zur Naturkunde. Serie A (Biologie) Neue Serie 4: 341-463 [358]
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
AULOPIFORMES | 23-Jul-2016 | ADDED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
- Paraulopus longianalis Sato, T., Gomon, M.F. & Nakabo, T. 2010. Two new Australian species of the Paraulopus nigripinnis complex (Aulopiformes: Paraulopidae). Ichthyological Research 57(3): 254-262 [255].
Type data:
Holotype NSMT -P.63675 (Depth 288 meters), Western Australia, off Steep Point [26°22.7'S, 112°26.9'E].
Paratype(s) AM I.31185-008 6 specimens; CSIRO H.2547-16; CSIRO H.2567-19; NMV A 1736; NMV A 1806 (5 specimens); NSMT -P.63665-69 (5 specimens); NSMT -P.63670-74 (4 specimens); NSMT -P.63678-79 (3 specimens); NSMT -P.63682-84 (3 specimens); WAM P.29730-014 (10 specimens).
Miscellaneous Literature Names
- Chlorophthalmus maculatus Kotthaus, 1967. —
Sainsbury, K.J., Kailola, P.J. & Leyland, G.G. 1984. Continental Shelf Fishes of Northern and North-Western Australia. Canberra : Fisheries Information Service 375 pp. figs & pls. [333] (misidentification of species confined to western Indian Ocean)
Distribution
States
Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
Off Geraldton, WA (28°09'S) to off Port Hedland, WA (18°14'S); tropical.
Australian Endemic.
IMCRA
Northwest Shelf Province (27), Central Western Shelf Transition (28), Central Western Shelf Province (29), Northwest Transition (3), Northwest Province (4), Central Western Transition (5), Central Western Province (6)
Ecological Descriptors
Benthic, continental shelf, continental slope.
Extra Ecological Information
150-312 m.
Common Name References
Sato, T., Gomon, M.F. & Nakabo, T. 2010. Two new Australian species of the Paraulopus nigripinnis complex (Aulopiformes: Paraulopidae). Ichthyological Research 57(3): 254-262 [255] (Longfin Cucumberfish)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
AULOPIFORMES | 13-Apr-2012 | ADDED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
- Paraulopus melanogrammus Gomon, M.F. & Sato, T. 2004. A new cucumberfish (Paraulopidae) of the Paraulopus nigripinnis complex from central eastern Australia. Records of the Australian Museum 56: 195-199 [196, figs 1-2].
Type data:
Holotype CSIRO H.3644-10 (Depth 303-320 meters), east of Rockingham Bay, QLD [17°59.7´S, 147°07.5´E].
Paratype(s) AM I.25802-011 (7 specimens); AM I.25803-011 (5 specimens); AM I.25804-006 (3 specimens); CSIRO H.682-05 (2 specimens); CSIRO H.698-12 (5 specimens); CSIRO H.3644-27; CSIRO H.3644-28; CSIRO H.947-22; NMV A 4548 (3 specimens); NMV A.4550 (4 specimens); QM I.21012 (8 specimens); QM I.25578 (4 specimens); QM I.25697 (5 specimens); QM I.27212 (2 specimens).
Miscellaneous Literature Names
- Paraulopus [sp. blackline].
Distribution
States
New South Wales, Queensland
Extra Distribution Information
North of Townsville, QLD (17°48'S) to off Newcastle, NSW (32°50'S); subtropical.
Australian Endemic.
IMCRA
Central Eastern Province (12), Tasman Basin Province (13), Central Eastern Transition (15), Kenn Transition (16), Kenn Province (17), Northeast Province (18), Northeast Transition (19), Central Eastern Shelf Transition (39)
Other Regions
Coral Sea Islands Territory
Distribution References
Ecological Descriptors
Benthic, continental shelf, continental slope.
Extra Ecological Information
150-606 m.
General References
Gomon, M.F., Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E. & Hoese, D.F. 2006. Paraulopidae. pp. 461-462 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [461]
Sato, T., Gomon, M.F. & Nakabo, T. 2010. Two new Australian species of the Paraulopus nigripinnis complex (Aulopiformes: Paraulopidae). Ichthyological Research 57(3): 254-262 [257]
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 20-May-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
Species Paraulopus melanostomus Sato, Gomon & Nakabo, 2010
Licorice Mouth Cucumberfish, Licoricemouth Cucumberfish
- Paraulopus melanostomus Sato, T., Gomon, M.F. & Nakabo, T. 2010. Two new Australian species of the Paraulopus nigripinnis complex (Aulopiformes: Paraulopidae). Ichthyological Research 57(3): 254-262 [258].
Type data:
Holotype NSMT -P.63657 (Depth 626 meters), Great Australian Bight, South Australia, Australia [33°39.4'S, 131°06.6'E].
Paratype(s) AM I.31171-007; CSIRO H 2574-02; CSIRO H 2575-08; CSIRO H 2575-21; NMV A 6199; NMV A 9527 8 specimens; NSMT -P.63661; NSMT -P.63653; NSMT -P.63658; NSMT -P.63654; NSMT -P.63655; NSMT -P.63656; NSMT -P.63663; NSMT -P.63664; NTM S.12720-006; WAM P.30221.005 3 specimens.
Miscellaneous Literature Names
Distribution
States
South Australia, Victoria, Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
Off Portland, VIC (141°31'S) to off the west of Freycinet Estuary, WA (26°40'S); temperate.
Australian Endemic.
IMCRA
Central Western Province (6), Southwest Transition (7), Southern Province (8), West Tasmania Transition (9)
Ecological Descriptors
Benthic, continental slope.
Extra Ecological Information
410-1030 m.
General References
Sato, T., Gomon, M.F. & Nakabo, T. 2010. Two new Australian species of the Paraulopus nigripinnis complex (Aulopiformes: Paraulopidae). Ichthyological Research 57(3): 254-262 [258]
Common Name References
Gomon, M.F. 2008. Family Paraulopidae. pp. 258-259 in Gomon, M.F., Bray, D.J. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds). Fishes of Australia's Southern Coast. Sydney : Reed New Holland 928 pp. [258] (Licorice Mouth Cucumberfish)
Sato, T., Gomon, M.F. & Nakabo, T. 2010. Two new Australian species of the Paraulopus nigripinnis complex (Aulopiformes: Paraulopidae). Ichthyological Research 57(3): 254-262 [258] (Licoricemouth Cucumberfish)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
AULOPIFORMES | 13-Apr-2012 | ADDED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
Species Paraulopus nigripinnis (Günther, 1878)
Blacktip Cucumberfish, Cucumber Fish, Greeneyes
- Chlorophthalmus nigripinnis Günther, A. 1878. Preliminary notices of deep-sea fishes collected during the voyage of H.M.S. Challenger. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 5 2(2, 22, 28): 17-28, 179-187, 248-251 [182].
Type data:
Syntype(s) BMNH 1887.12.7.207 (Depth 120 fathoms. 2 specimens), off Twofold Bay, NSW.
Generic Combinations
- Paraulopus nigripinnis (Günther, 1878). —
Sato, T. & Nakabo, T. 2002. Paraulopidae and Paraulopus, a new family and genus of aulopiform fishes with revised relationships within the order. Ichthyological Research 49: 25-46 [27] (changed combination as type of genus Paraulopus)
Distribution
States
New South Wales, South Australia, Tasmania, Victoria, Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
Off Cape Hawke, NSW (32°18' S) to west of Dongara, WA (29º15'S, 113°57'E); temperate, south-west Pacific (New Zealand).
IMCRA
Tasmania Province (10), Southeast Transition (11), Central Eastern Province (12), Southwest Shelf Transition (30), Southwest Shelf Province (31), Great Australian Bight Shelf Transition (32), Spencer Gulf Shelf Province (33), Western Bass Strait Shelf Transition (34), Bass Strait Shelf Province (35), Tasmanian Shelf Province (36), Southeast Shelf Transition (37), Central Eastern Shelf Province (38), Central Western Province (6), Southwest Transition (7), Southern Province (8), West Tasmania Transition (9)
Ecological Descriptors
Benthic, continental shelf, continental slope.
Extra Ecological Information
80-585 m.
General References
Glover, C.J.M. 1994. Family Chlorophthalmidae. pp. 267-268 fig. 239 in Gomon, M.F., Glover, C.J.M. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds). The Fishes of Australia's South Coast. Adelaide : State Printer 992 pp. 810 figs. [268] (as Chlorophthalmus nigripinnis)
Gomon, M.F. 2008. Family Paraulopidae. pp. 258-259 in Gomon, M.F., Bray, D.J. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds). Fishes of Australia's Southern Coast. Sydney : Reed New Holland 928 pp. [259]
Gomon, M.F. 2015. Family Paraulopidae. pp. 534-537 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 2 pp. 1-576. [535]
Gomon, M.F., Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E. & Hoese, D.F. 2006. Paraulopidae. pp. 461-462 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [462]
Gomon, M.F. & Sato, T. 2004. A new cucumberfish (Paraulopidae) of the Paraulopus nigripinnis complex from central eastern Australia. Records of the Australian Museum 56: 195-199
McCulloch, A.R. 1929. A check-list of the fishes recorded from Australia. Part I. Memoirs of the Australian Museum 5: 1–144 [80] (as Chlorophthalmus nigripinnis)
Munro, I.S.R. 1961. Handbook of Australian fishes. Nos 1–42. Australian Fisheries Newsletter 15–17, 19, 20: 1-172 [published as separates 1956–1961] [37] (262, as Chlorophthalmus nigripinnis)
Sato, T., Gomon, M.F. & Nakabo, T. 2010. Two new Australian species of the Paraulopus nigripinnis complex (Aulopiformes: Paraulopidae). Ichthyological Research 57(3): 254-262 [57]
Sato, T. & Nakabo, T. 2002. Paraulopidae and Paraulopus, a new family and genus of aulopiform fishes with revised relationships within the order. Ichthyological Research 49: 25-46 [27]
Sato, T. & Nakabo, T. 2002. Two new species of Paraulopus (Osteichthyes: Aulopiformes) from New Zealand and eastern Australia, and comparisons with P. nigripinnis. Species Diversity 7: 393-404 [394]
Whitley, G.P. 1964. A survey of Australian Ichthyology. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 89(1): 11-127 [37] (432, as Chlorophthalmus nigripinnis)
Common Name References
Gomon, M.F., Glover, C.J.M. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds) 1994. The Fishes of Australia's South Coast. Adelaide : State Printer 992 pp. 810 figs. [268] (Cucumber Fish, Greeneyes)
Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Blacktip Cucumberfish)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 23-Jul-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
- Paraulopus novaeseelandiae Sato, T. & Nakabo, T. 2002. Two new species of Paraulopus (Osteichthyes: Aulopiformes) from New Zealand and eastern Australia, and comparisons with P. nigripinnis. Species Diversity 7: 393-404 [397, figs 1C, 2C, 2F, 2I)].
Type data:
Holotype NSMT -P.62013, off Norfolk Island [29°35.0'S, 168°05.8'E].
Paratype(s) AM I.41171-001; FAKU 43990-43991; FAKU 44119; FAKU 109906-0109907; FAKU 110862; FAKU 110864; FAKU 110866-110868; NSMT -P 43190; NSMT -P.62014-16; NMNZ P.37941.
Distribution
Extra Distribution Information
Off Norfolk Island; temperate, south-west Pacific (New Zealand)
IMCRA
Norfolk Island Province (21)
Ecological Descriptors
Benthic, continental slope.
Common Name References
Gomon, M.F. 2015. Family Paraulopidae. pp. 534-537 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 2 pp. 1-576. [536] (New Zealand Cucumberfish)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
AULOPIFORMES | 23-Jul-2016 | ADDED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
Species Paraulopus okamurai Sato & Nakabo, 2002
Piedtip Cucumberfish, Magpie Cucumberfish
- Paraulopus okamurai Sato, T. & Nakabo, T. 2002. Two new species of Paraulopus (Osteichthyes: Aulopiformes) from New Zealand and eastern Australia, and comparisons with P. nigripinnis. Species Diversity 7: 393-404 [396, figs 1B, 2(B, E. H)].
Type data:
Holotype NSMT -P.41193 (Depth 478 meters), Three Kings Rise, north of New Zealand [30°21´S, 173°03´E].
Paratype(s) AM I.41170-001; NSMT -P.41192; NSMT -P.62017-18 (2 specimens); NSMT -P.62020-21 (2 specimens); NSMT -P.62024-25 (2 specimens); NMNZ P37939-40 (2 specimens).
Distribution
States
New South Wales, Queensland
Extra Distribution Information
Off Brisbane, QLD (27°34'S) to off Kempsey, NSW (31°06'S, 153°20'E), Taupo Seamount, Lord Howe Rise and Norfolk Ridge, Tasman Sea; subtropical, south-west Pacific (New Zealand).
IMCRA
Central Eastern Province (12), Tasman Basin Province (13), Lord Howe Province (14), Norfolk Island Province (21)
Ecological Descriptors
Continental slope.
Extra Ecological Information
235-480 m.
General References
Gomon, M.F. 2015. Family Paraulopidae. pp. 534-537 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 2 pp. 1-576. [537]
Gomon, M.F., Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E. & Hoese, D.F. 2006. Paraulopidae. pp. 461-462 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [462]
Gomon, M.F. & Sato, T. 2004. A new cucumberfish (Paraulopidae) of the Paraulopus nigripinnis complex from central eastern Australia. Records of the Australian Museum 56: 195-199 [195]
Sato, T., Gomon, M.F. & Nakabo, T. 2010. Two new Australian species of the Paraulopus nigripinnis complex (Aulopiformes: Paraulopidae). Ichthyological Research 57(3): 254-262 [257]
Common Name References
Gomon, M.F. 2015. Family Paraulopidae. pp. 534-537 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 2 pp. 1-576. [537] (Magpie Cucumberfish)
Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Piedtip Cucumberfish)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 23-Jul-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
Family AULOPIDAE
Aulopus, Sergeant Bakers, Threadsails
Compiler and date details
25 July 2016 - Dianne J. Bray, Alice M. Clement, Douglass F. Hoese & Jennifer E. Gates
Douglass F. Hoese, Dianne J. Bray & Jennifer E. Gates
Introduction
The Aulopidae comprise four genera, with 15 described species. Three genera and six species occur in Australia.
The family is distinct from related families in having two supramaxillae. Aulopids occur over sand, sometimes adjacent to rocky reefs, and most are trawled in depths of 50-1000 m. Latropiscis purpurissatus, the sergeant baker, is found around rocky reefs in depths as shallow as 15 m. Most species are small, averaging 20-40 cm in length, but some reach a length of 60 cm.
Aulopids from the Indo-Pacific are currently being reviewed by Martin Gomon. Gomon et al. (2013) described a new genus and two new species from Australasia. Previously, Australian species were under study by Bruce Thompson. Hoese et al. (2006) provisionally reported on five species, based on comments and unpublished information by Thompson about this family in Australia. Gomon & Yearsley (2008) treated Latropiscis purpurissatus.
General References
Gomon, M.F., Struthers, C.D. & A.L. Stewart. 2013. A new genus and two new species of the family Aulopidae (Aulopiformes), commonly referred to as Aulopus, flagfins, Sergeant Bakers or Threadsails, in Australasian waters. Species Diversity 18: 141-161
Gomon, M.F. & Yearsley, G.K. 2008. Family Aulopidae. 257 in Gomon, M.F., Bray, D.J. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds). Fishes of Australia's Southern Coast. Sydney : Reed New Holland 928 pp. [257]
Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J. & Gates, J.E. 2006. Family AULOPIDAE. pp. 463-465 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp.
Mead, G.W. 1966. Family Aulopidae. In, Olsen, Y.H. (ed.) Fishes of the western North Atlantic. Memoir. Sears Foundation of Marine Research 1(5): 19-29 fig. 7
Parin, N.V. & Kotlyar, A.N. 1989. A new aulopodid species, Hime microps, from the eastern South Pacific, with comments on geographic variations of H. japonica. Japanese Journal of Ichthyology 35(4): 407-413
Thompson, B.A. 1998. Redescription of Aulopus bajacali Parin & Kotlyar, 1984, comments on its relationship and new distribution records. Ichthyological Research 45(1): 43-51
Common Name References
Kuiter, R.H. 1996. Guide to Sea Fishes of Australia. A comprehensive reference for divers and fishermen. Sydney, NSW, Australia : New Holland Publishers xvii, 434 pp. [36] (Sergeant Bakers)
Paxton, J.R. & Niem, V.H. 1999. Families Aulopidae, Chlorophthalmidae, Ipnopidae, Scopelarchidae, Notosudidae. pp. 1919-1927 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1919] (FAO) (Aulopus)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 25-Jul-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
12-Feb-2010 | (import) |
Genus Hime Starks, 1924
- Hime Starks, E.C. 1924. Hime, a new genus of fishes related to Aulopus. Copeia 1924(127): 30 [30].
Type species:
Aulopus japonicus Günther, 1877 by original designation.
Excluded Taxa
- Misidentifications
AULOPIDAE: Hime formosana Lee & Chao, 1994 [Australian records based on misidnetified Hime diactithrix, previously considered a subspecies of Hime formosana] — Gomon, M.F., Struthers, C.D. & A.L. Stewart. 2013. A new genus and two new species of the family Aulopidae (Aulopiformes), commonly referred to as Aulopus, flagfins, Sergeant Bakers or Threadsails, in Australasian waters. Species Diversity 18: 141-161 [143]
AULOPIDAE: Hime japonica (Günther, 1877) [restricted to north-west Pacific, records from Australia based on misidentified Hime pyrhistion] — Gomon, M.F., Struthers, C.D. & A.L. Stewart. 2013. A new genus and two new species of the family Aulopidae (Aulopiformes), commonly referred to as Aulopus, flagfins, Sergeant Bakers or Threadsails, in Australasian waters. Species Diversity 18: 141-161 [146]
Distribution
States
New South Wales, Queensland, South Australia, Tasmania, Victoria, Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
Indo-west-central Pacific.
IMCRA
Southeast Transition (11), Central Eastern Province (12), Lord Howe Province (14), Central Eastern Transition (15), Kenn Transition (16), Kenn Province (17), Northeast Province (18), Northeast Transition (19), Timor Province (2), Norfolk Island Province (21), Northwest Shelf Province (27), Southeast Shelf Transition (37), Central Eastern Shelf Province (38), Central Eastern Shelf Transition (39), Northeast Shelf Province (40), Central Western Province (6)
Other Regions
Coral Sea Islands Territory
General References
Gomon, M.F., Struthers, C.D. & A.L. Stewart. 2013. A new genus and two new species of the family Aulopidae (Aulopiformes), commonly referred to as Aulopus, flagfins, Sergeant Bakers or Threadsails, in Australasian waters. Species Diversity 18: 141-161
Gomon, M.F. & Struthers, C.D. 2015. Three new fishes of the Indo-Pacific fish genus Hime (Aulopidae, Aulopiformes), all resembling the type species H. japonica (Günther 1877). Zootaxa 4044(3): 371-390
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
11-Apr-2024 | SYNODONTOIDEI | 11-Apr-2024 | MODIFIED | |
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 13-Nov-2019 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
- Aulopus curtirostris Thomson, J.M. 1967. New species and new records of fish from Queensland. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 92(1): 145-150 figs 1-2 [147, fig. 2].
Type data:
Holotype QM I.9051, off Cape Moreton, QLD.
Paratype(s) QM I.9052.
Generic Combinations
- Hime curtirostris (Thomson, 1967). —
Parin, N.V. & Kotlyar, A.N. 1989. A new aulopodid species, Hime microps, from the eastern South Pacific, with comments on geographic variations of H. japonica. Japanese Journal of Ichthyology 35(4): 407-413 [407]
Distribution
States
New South Wales, Queensland, Victoria
Extra Distribution Information
Off Raine Island, QLD (18º03´S) to S of Gabo Island, VIC (37º48´S); subtropical
Australian Endemic.
IMCRA
Southeast Transition (11), Central Eastern Province (12), Central Eastern Transition (15), Kenn Transition (16), Kenn Province (17), Northeast Province (18), Northeast Transition (19), Southeast Shelf Transition (37), Central Eastern Shelf Province (38), Central Eastern Shelf Transition (39), Northeast Shelf Province (40)
Other Regions
Coral Sea Islands Territory
Ecological Descriptors
Benthic, continental shelf, continental slope, soft bottom.
Extra Ecological Information
64-400 m.
General References
Gomon, M.F., Struthers, C.D. & A.L. Stewart. 2013. A new genus and two new species of the family Aulopidae (Aulopiformes), commonly referred to as Aulopus, flagfins, Sergeant Bakers or Threadsails, in Australasian waters. Species Diversity 18: 141-161 [141]
Gomon, M.F. & Struthers, C.D. 2015. Three new fishes of the Indo-Pacific fish genus Hime (Aulopidae, Aulopiformes), all resembling the type species H. japonica (Günther 1877). Zootaxa 4044(3): 371-390 [372]
Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J. & Gates, J.E. 2006. Family AULOPIDAE. pp. 463-465 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [464]
Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F., Allen, G.R. & Hanley, J.E. (eds) 1989. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Pisces: Petromyzontidae to Carangidae. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 7 665 pp. [227] (as Aulopus curtirostris)
Paxton, J.R. & Niem, V.H. 1999. Families Aulopidae, Chlorophthalmidae, Ipnopidae, Scopelarchidae, Notosudidae. pp. 1919-1927 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1920] (as Aulopus curtirostris)
Common Name References
Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Shortsnout Threadsail)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 24-May-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
Species Hime diactithrix (Prokofiev, 2008)
- Aulopus diactithrix Prokofiev, A.M. 2008. A new species of genus Aulopus from waters of Vietnam (Myctophiformes s. lato: Aulopidae). Journal of Ichthyology 48(1): 134-137 [134].
Type data:
Holotype ZIL 54072, Nha Trang Bay, Vietnam.
Paratype(s) IOAN 2616; ZMMU 21253.
Miscellaneous Literature Names
- Hime formosanus (Lee & Chao, 1994) [species name is an adjective, but often treated as a noun in genitive case]. —
Gomon, M.F., Struthers, C.D. & A.L. Stewart. 2013. A new genus and two new species of the family Aulopidae (Aulopiformes), commonly referred to as Aulopus, flagfins, Sergeant Bakers or Threadsails, in Australasian waters. Species Diversity 18: 141-161 [161] - Hime formosana (Lee & Chao, 1994) [misidentification, previously treated as senior synonym of Hime diactithrix]. —
Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J. & Gates, J.E. 2006. Family AULOPIDAE. pp. 463-465 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [464] (as H. formosana)
Distribution
States
Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
South-west of Shark Bay (27°07'E, 112°50'E) to south-west of Scott Reef (14°58'S, 121.37'E), WA; tropical, west Pacific.
IMCRA
Timor Province (2), Northwest Shelf Province (27), Central Western Province (6)
Ecological Descriptors
Benthic, continental shelf, sand bottom marine.
General References
Gomon, M.F., Struthers, C.D. & A.L. Stewart. 2013. A new genus and two new species of the family Aulopidae (Aulopiformes), commonly referred to as Aulopus, flagfins, Sergeant Bakers or Threadsails, in Australasian waters. Species Diversity 18: 141-161 [141]
Gomon, M.F. & Struthers, C.D. 2015. Three new fishes of the Indo-Pacific fish genus Hime (Aulopidae, Aulopiformes), all resembling the type species H. japonica (Günther 1877). Zootaxa 4044(3): 371-390 [387]
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 24-May-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
Species Hime pyrhistion (Gomon, Struthers & Stewart, 2013)
Flaming Flagfin, Japanese Threadsail (inappropriate name for Australian species)
- Hime pyrhistion Gomon, Struthers & Stewart, 2013.
Type data:
Holotype NMNZ P.054047, western side of Poor Knights Islands, New Zealand [35°28'S, 174°42'E].
Paratype(s) AM I.43948–001; CSIRO H.6060-04; CSIRO H.6068-04-06; NMNZ P.012711; NMNZ P.016027; NMNZ P.016187; NMNZ P.023795; NMNZ P.033114; NMNZ P.033853; NMNZ P.033978; NMNZ P.034067; NMNZ P.034195; NMNZ P.037199; NMNZ P.037272; NMNZ P.037984; NMNZ P.038531; NMNZ P.039884; NMNZ P.040556; NMNZ P.042234; NMNZ P.047782-P.047783; NMNZ P.050424; NMNZ P.051887-P.051888; NMNZ P.052762; NMNZ P.054046; NMV A.25160–001; QM I.25673.
Miscellaneous Literature Names
- Hime japonica (Lee & Chao, 1994) [misidentification]. —
Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J. & Gates, J.E. 2006. Family AULOPIDAE. pp. 463-465 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [464]
Distribution
States
New South Wales, Queensland
Extra Distribution Information
Coral Sea between Innisfail and Lihou Reef, QLD to off Sydney (33°50'S), Lord Howe Rise and Norfolk Ridge; subtropical, south-west Pacific (New Zealand)
IMCRA
Lord Howe Province (14), Northeast Province (18), Norfolk Island Province (21), Central Eastern Shelf Province (38), Central Eastern Shelf Transition (39)
Ecological Descriptors
Benthic, continental shelf, continental slope.
Extra Ecological Information
80–380 m
General References
Gomon, M.F., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. 2015. Family Aulopidae. pp. 538-540 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 2 pp. 1-576. [539]
Gomon, M.F. & Struthers, C.D. 2015. Three new fishes of the Indo-Pacific fish genus Hime (Aulopidae, Aulopiformes), all resembling the type species H. japonica (Günther 1877). Zootaxa 4044(3): 371-390 [372]
Parin, N.V. & Kotlyar, A.N. 1989. A new aulopodid species, Hime microps, from the eastern South Pacific, with comments on geographic variations of H. japonica. Japanese Journal of Ichthyology 35(4): 407-413 [412] (based on material at ZMM from Tasman Sea as Hime japonica)
Common Name References
Gomon, M.F., Struthers, C.D. & A.L. Stewart. 2013. A new genus and two new species of the family Aulopidae (Aulopiformes), commonly referred to as Aulopus, flagfins, Sergeant Bakers or Threadsails, in Australasian waters. Species Diversity 18: 141-161 [147] (Flaming Flagfin)
Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Japanese Threadsail)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 24-May-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
- Latropiscis Whitley, G.P. 1931. New names for Australian fishes. The Australian Zoologist 6(4): 310-334 1 fig. pls 25-27 [312].
Type species:
Aulopus milesii Valenciennes, 1850 by original designation.
Distribution
States
New South Wales, Queensland, South Australia, Tasmania, Victoria, Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
Australian Endemic.
IMCRA
Southwest Shelf Transition (30), Southwest Shelf Province (31), Great Australian Bight Shelf Transition (32), Spencer Gulf Shelf Province (33), Western Bass Strait Shelf Transition (34), Bass Strait Shelf Province (35), Tasmanian Shelf Province (36), Southeast Shelf Transition (37), Central Eastern Shelf Province (38), Central Eastern Shelf Transition (39)
General References
Gomon, M.F., Struthers, C.D. & A.L. Stewart. 2013. A new genus and two new species of the family Aulopidae (Aulopiformes), commonly referred to as Aulopus, flagfins, Sergeant Bakers or Threadsails, in Australasian waters. Species Diversity 18: 141-161
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
AULOPIFORMES | 08-Apr-2014 | ADDED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
- Aulopus purpurissatus Richardson, J. 1843. Icones Piscium, or plates of rare fishes. London : Richard & John E. Taylor 8 pp. 5 pls. [6, pl. 2(3)].
Type data:
Holotype whereabouts unknown (description based on figure by J. Emery of the Beagle specimen that was not retained), Houtman Abrolhos, WA. - Aulopus milesii Valenciennes, A. in Cuvier, G.L. & Valenciennes, A. 1849. Histoire Naturelle des Poissons. Paris : Levrault Vol. 22 532 pp. pls 634-650. [519].
Type data:
Syntype(s) MNHP A.1063, Australia (as New Holland).
Taxonomic Decision for Synonymy
- McCulloch, A.R. 1929. A check-list of the fishes recorded from Australia. Part I. Memoirs of the Australian Museum 5: 1–144 [77]
Generic Combinations
- Latropiscis milesii (Valenciennes, 1849). —
Whitley, G.P. 1931. New names for Australian fishes. The Australian Zoologist 6(4): 310-334 1 fig. pls 25-27 [312] (changed combination as type of genus Latropiscis) - Hime purpurissata (Richardson, 1843). —
Johnson, J.W. 2010. Fishes of the Moreton Bay Marine Park and adjacent continental shelf waters, Queensland, Australia. pp. 299-353 in Davie, P.J.F. & Phillips, J.A. Proceedings of the Thirteenth International Marine Biological Workshop, The Marine Fauna and Flora of Moreton Bay. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 54(3) [309] - Hime purpurissatus (Richardson, 1843). —
Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J. & Gates, J.E. 2006. Family AULOPIDAE. pp. 463-465 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [465] (changed combination) - Latropiscis purpurissatus (Richardson, 1843). —
Whitley, G.P. 1931. New names for Australian fishes. The Australian Zoologist 6(4): 310-334 1 fig. pls 25-27 [312] (changed combination with naming of genus Latropiscis)
Distribution
States
New South Wales, Queensland, South Australia, Tasmania, Victoria, Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
Double Island Point, QLD (25º51´S) to north-east of Rottnest Island, WA (31º52´S); temperate.
Australian Endemic.
IMCRA
Southwest Shelf Transition (30), Southwest Shelf Province (31), Great Australian Bight Shelf Transition (32), Spencer Gulf Shelf Province (33), Western Bass Strait Shelf Transition (34), Bass Strait Shelf Province (35), Tasmanian Shelf Province (36), Southeast Shelf Transition (37), Central Eastern Shelf Province (38), Central Eastern Shelf Transition (39)
Ecological Descriptors
Continental shelf, inshore, rock reef, soft bottom.
General References
Coleman, N. 1980. Australian Sea Fishes South of 30ºS. Lane Cove, NSW : Doubleday Australia Pty Ltd 309 pp. [45] (as Aulopus purpurissatus)
Edgar, G.J. 2008. Australian Marine Life: the plants and animals of temperate waters. Sydney : Reed New Holland 2nd edn, 624 pp. [467] (as Aulopus purpurissatus)
Glover, C.J.M. 1994. Family Aulopodidae. pp. 264-265 fig. 236 in Gomon, M.F., Glover, C.J.M. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds). The Fishes of Australia's South Coast. Adelaide : State Printer 992 pp. 810 figs. [264] (as Aulopus purpurissatus)
Gomon, M.F., Struthers, C.D. & A.L. Stewart. 2013. A new genus and two new species of the family Aulopidae (Aulopiformes), commonly referred to as Aulopus, flagfins, Sergeant Bakers or Threadsails, in Australasian waters. Species Diversity 18: 141-161 [141]
Gomon, M.F., Struthers, C.D. & A.L. Stewart. 2013. A new genus and two new species of the family Aulopidae (Aulopiformes), commonly referred to as Aulopus, flagfins, Sergeant Bakers or Threadsails, in Australasian waters. Species Diversity 18: 141-161 [141]
Gomon, M.F. & Yearsley, G.K. 2008. Family Aulopidae. 257 in Gomon, M.F., Bray, D.J. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds). Fishes of Australia's Southern Coast. Sydney : Reed New Holland 928 pp. [257]
Grant, E.M. 2002. Guide to Fishes. Redcliffe : EM Grant Pty Ltd 880 pp. [128] (as Aulopus purpurissatus)
Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J. & Gates, J.E. 2006. Family AULOPIDAE. pp. 463-465 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [465] (as Hime purpurissata)
Kuiter, R.H. 1993. Coastal Fishes of South-eastern Australia. Bathurst : Crawford House Press 437 pp. [39] (as Aulopus purpurissatus)
Last, P.R., Scott, E.O.G. & Talbot, F.H. 1983. Fishes of Tasmania. Hobart : Tasmanian Fisheries Development Authority 563 pp. figs. [224] (as Aulopus purpurissatus)
McCulloch, A.R. 1929. A check-list of the fishes recorded from Australia. Part I. Memoirs of the Australian Museum 5: 1–144 [77] (as Aulopus purpurissatus)
Munro, I.S.R. 1961. Handbook of Australian fishes. Nos 1–42. Australian Fisheries Newsletter 15–17, 19, 20: 1-172 [published as separates 1956–1961] [36] (251, as Latropiscis purpurissatus)
Parin, N.V. & Kotlyar, A.N. 1989. A new aulopodid species, Hime microps, from the eastern South Pacific, with comments on geographic variations of H. japonica. Japanese Journal of Ichthyology 35(4): 407-413 [407] (also listed only as Aulopus milesii)
Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F., Allen, G.R. & Hanley, J.E. (eds) 1989. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Pisces: Petromyzontidae to Carangidae. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 7 665 pp. [227] (as Aulopus purpurissatus)
Whitley, G.P. 1964. A survey of Australian Ichthyology. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 89(1): 11-127 [37] (421, 422, as Latropiscis purpurissatus and L. milesii)
Common Name References
Gomon, M.F., Glover, C.J.M. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds) 1994. The Fishes of Australia's South Coast. Adelaide : State Printer 992 pp. 810 figs. [264] (Sergeant Baker)
Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Sergeant Baker)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 25-Jul-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
12-Feb-2010 | (import) |
- Leptaulopus Gomon, M.F., Struthers, C.D. & A.L. Stewart. 2013. A new genus and two new species of the family Aulopidae (Aulopiformes), commonly referred to as Aulopus, flagfins, Sergeant Bakers or Threadsails, in Australasian waters. Species Diversity 18: 141-161 [151].
Type species:
Aulopus damasi Tanaka, 1915 by original designation.
Distribution
States
Queensland
Extra Distribution Information
West Pacific
IMCRA
Northeast Province (18), Southeast Shelf Transition (37)
Other Regions
Coral Sea Islands Territory
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
AULOPIFORMES | 08-Apr-2014 | ADDED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
- Aulopus damasi Tanaka, S. 1915. Figures and Descriptions of the Fishes of Japan, including Riukiu Islands, Bonin Islands, Formosa, Kurile Islands, Korea and southern Sakhalin. Tokyo Vol. 19 pp. 319–342 pls 91–95. [340, pl. 92(295)].
Type data:
Neotype NSMT -P 115220 (Holotype ZUIT 3771 from Tokyo market, originally from off Idzu, Sagami Sea, Japan lost), off Kusagaki Islands, Kagoshima Prefecture.
Generic Combinations
- Leptaulopus damasi (Tanaka, 1915). —
Gomon, M.F., Struthers, C.D. & A.L. Stewart. 2013. A new genus and two new species of the family Aulopidae (Aulopiformes), commonly referred to as Aulopus, flagfins, Sergeant Bakers or Threadsails, in Australasian waters. Species Diversity 18: 141-161 [155] (changed combination as type of genus Leptaulopus) - Hime damasi (Tanaka, 1915). —
Masuda, H., Araga, C. & Yoshino, T. 1975. Coastal Fishes of Southern Japan. Tokyo : Tokai Univ. Press 382 pp. 11 figs 143 pls. [175] (changed combination cited)
Distribution
States
Queensland
Extra Distribution Information
Off Marion Reef, Coral Sea, QLD; tropical, north-west Pacific (Japan & Taiwan).
IMCRA
Northeast Province (18)
Other Regions
Coral Sea Islands Territory
Ecological Descriptors
Benthic, continental slope, sand bottom marine.
Extra Ecological Information
250–508 m.
Common Name References
Gomon, M.F., Struthers, C.D. & A.L. Stewart. 2013. A new genus and two new species of the family Aulopidae (Aulopiformes), commonly referred to as Aulopus, flagfins, Sergeant Bakers or Threadsails, in Australasian waters. Species Diversity 18: 141-161 [155] (Esodamashi)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 23-May-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
- Leptaulopus erythrozonatus Gomon, M.F., Struthers, C.D. & A.L. Stewart. 2013. A new genus and two new species of the family Aulopidae (Aulopiformes), commonly referred to as Aulopus, flagfins, Sergeant Bakers or Threadsails, in Australasian waters. Species Diversity 18: 141-161 [157, figs1, 2C, 5C, D].
Type data:
Holotype NMNZ P.042518, Penguin Rise, Bay of Plenty, New Zealand [37°24.29'S, 176°24.83'E].
Paratype(s) AM I.40318–001 1 specimen; NMNZ P.037704 1 specimen; NMNZ P.047334 1 specimen.
Distribution
Extra Distribution Information
Off Batesman Bay, NSW (35°44.0'S, 150°13.0'E); temperate, south-west Pacific (New Zealand)
IMCRA
Southeast Shelf Transition (37)
Ecological Descriptors
Benthic, continental shelf.
Extra Ecological Information
135-177 m
General References
Gomon, M.F., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. 2015. Family Aulopidae. pp. 538-540 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 2 pp. 1-576. [540]
Common Name References
Gomon, M.F., Struthers, C.D. & A.L. Stewart. 2013. A new genus and two new species of the family Aulopidae (Aulopiformes), commonly referred to as Aulopus, flagfins, Sergeant Bakers or Threadsails, in Australasian waters. Species Diversity 18: 141-161 [157] (Duckbill Flagn)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
AULOPIFORMES | 23-May-2016 | ADDED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
Family SYNODONTIDAE
Lizardfishes
Compiler and date details
14 December 2016 - Douglass F. Hoese & Barry C. Russell
Douglass F. Hoese
Introduction
The family Synodontidae comprises two subfamilies. These two were treated as distinct families in Paxton et al. (1989). Other workers recognised three subfamilies (Nelson 1994). Baldwin & Johnson (1996) removed the Bathysaurinae, raising it to the familial level (Bathysauridae). Russell (1999) followed the work of Baldwin & Johnson (1996).
General References
Baldwin, C.C. & Johnson, G.D. 1996. Interrelationships of Aulopiformes. pp. 355-404 in Stiassny, M.L.J., Parenti, L.R. & Johnson, G.D. (eds). Interrelationships of Fishes. San Diego : Academic Press 496 pp.
Nelson, J.S. 1994. Fishes of the World. New York : John Wiley & Sons 600 pp.
Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068.
Common Name References
Nelson, J.S. 1994. Fishes of the World. New York : John Wiley & Sons 600 pp. [207] (Lizardfishes)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 14-Jun-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
12-Feb-2010 | (import) |
Subfamily Synodontinae
Lizard Fishes, Lizardfishes
Compiler and date details
5 August 2016 - Douglass F. Hoese, B.C. Russell & Jennifer E. Gates
Douglass F. Hoese & Jennifer E. Gates
Introduction
Currently, Synodontinae include two genera and about 52 recognised species worldwide (Eschmeyer & Fong 2015). Two genera and 16 species of lizardfishes are recorded from Australian waters. Sulak (1977) moved the genus Saurida from the Synodontinae, placing it in Harpadontinae.
Lizardfishes are usually found over soft bottoms in shallow waters of the continental shelf, but are known to about 400 m. Several species occur on coral reefs. They reach a maximum size of between 8 and 22 cm.
Synodontines have been treated extensively by several authors. Sulak (1977) treated the relationships of the family, and more recently Baldwin & Johnson (1996) altered the classification. Cressey (1981) revised the Indo-Pacific species of Synodus and Anderson et al. (1966) and Polanco et al. (2016) treated Trachinocephalus. Waples & Randall (1989) presented a number of changes to the nomenclature of the genus Synodus. Many of the Australian species are treated in Russell (1999), but a number of taxonomic problems exist.
General References
Anderson, W.A., Gehringer, J.W. & Berry, F.H. 1966. Family Synodontidae. pp. 31-102 figs 8-35 in Olsen, Y.H. (ed.). Fishes of the Western North Atlantic. Lizardfishes, other Iniomi, Deepsea Gulpers. Yale University : The Sears Foundation for Marine Research Mem. I Pt 5 647 pp. 220 pls.
Baldwin, C.C. & Johnson, G.D. 1996. Interrelationships of Aulopiformes. pp. 355-404 in Stiassny, M.L.J., Parenti, L.R. & Johnson, G.D. (eds). Interrelationships of Fishes. San Diego : Academic Press 496 pp.
Cressey, R. 1981. Revision of the Indo-west Pacific lizardfishes of the genus Synodus (Pisces : Synodontidae). Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology 342: 1-53 figs 1-44
Eschemyer, W.N. & Fong, J.D. 2015 7 January 2015. Species by family/subfamily in the Catalog of Fishes. http://researcharchive.calacademy.org/research/ichthyology/catalog/SpeciesByFamily.asp
Polanco F., A., Acero P., A. & Bentancur-R., R. 2016. No longer a circumtropical species: revision of the lizardfishes in the Trachinocephalus myops species complex, with description of a new species from the Marquesas Islands. Journal of Fish Biology 88(2): 1302-1326 [online 26 June 2016]
Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068.
Sulak, K.J. 1977. The systematics and biology of Bathypterois (Pisces, Chlorophthalmidae) with a revised classification of benthic myctophiform fishes. Galathea Report 14: 49-108 figs 1-32 pls 1-7
Waples, R.S. & Randall, J.E. 1989. A revision of the Hawaiian lizardfishes of the genus Synodus, with descriptions of four new species. Pacific Science 42(3-4): 177-213
Common Name References
Kuiter, R.H. 1996. Guide to Sea Fishes of Australia. A comprehensive reference for divers and fishermen. Sydney, NSW, Australia : New Holland Publishers xvii, 434 pp. [36] (Lizardfishes)
Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1928] (FAO) (Lizardfishes)
Whitley, G.P. 1948. A list of the fishes of Western Australia. Western Australia Fish Department. Fisheries Bulletin 2: 1-35 map [13] (Lizard Fishes)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 14-Dec-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
04-Aug-2016 | MODIFIED |
Genus Synodus Scopoli, 1777
Type species:
Esox synodus Linnaeus, 1758 (no species name mentioned in the original, however, author refers to Esox 4 Linn, which refers to Esox synodus in Linnaeus) by monotypy.- Synodus Bloch, M.E. & Schneider, J.G. 1801. Systema Ichthyologiae Iconibus ex Illustratum. Berlin 584 pp. 110 pls. [112] [a junior homomym of Synodus Scopoli, 1777].
Type species:
Esox synodus Linnaeus, 1758 by absolute tautonymy.
Distribution
States
New South Wales, Northern Territory, Queensland, Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
Circumglobal.
IMCRA
Timor Transition (1), Lord Howe Province (14), Central Eastern Transition (15), Northeast Province (18), Northeast Transition (19), Timor Province (2), Cape Province (20), Norfolk Island Province (21), Cocos (Keeling) Island Province (22), Christmas Island Province (23), Northern Shelf Province (25), Northwest Shelf Transition (26), Northwest Shelf Province (27), Central Western Shelf Transition (28), Central Western Shelf Province (29), Northwest Transition (3), Southwest Shelf Transition (30), Southwest Shelf Province (31), Southeast Shelf Transition (37), Central Eastern Shelf Province (38), Central Eastern Shelf Transition (39), Northeast Shelf Province (40), Northeast Shelf Transition (41)
Other Regions
Coral Sea Islands Territory, Territory of Ashmore & Cartier Islands, Torres Strait Islands terrestrial, marine & freshwater
General References
Cressey, R. 1981. Revision of the Indo-west Pacific lizardfishes of the genus Synodus (Pisces : Synodontidae). Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology 342: 1-53 figs 1-44
Grant, E.M. 2002. Guide to Fishes. Redcliffe : EM Grant Pty Ltd 880 pp.
Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068.
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 14-Dec-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
- Synodus binotatus Schultz, L.P. 1953. Family Synodontidae: lizardfishes. pp. 30-42, figs 8-9, pls 3, 6 in Schultz, L.P., Herald, E.S., Lachner, E.A., Welander, A.D. & Woods, L.P. (eds). Fishes of the Marshall and Marianas Islands. Vol. 1. Families Asymmetrontidae through Siganidae. Bulletin of the United States National Museum 202(1): 1-685, figs 1-90, pls 1-74 [35, fig. 8].
Type data:
Holotype USNM 140801, Ennylabegan Island, Kwajalein Atoll, Marshall Islands.
Paratype(s) USNM 140802–806; USNM 140808–813; FMNH 62589-60.
Distribution
States
Queensland, Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
Rowley Shoals (17º05´S) and Scott Reef (14º04´S), WA, Ashmore Reef, Timor Sea (12º12´S) and Portlock Reef, Torres Strait (9º35´S) to off Southport (27º59´S), QLD, also Middleton Reef, Elizabeth Reef and Lord Howe Island, Tasman Sea; tropical, Indo-west-central Pacific.
IMCRA
Lord Howe Province (14), Timor Province (2), Cape Province (20), Northwest Transition (3), Central Eastern Shelf Transition (39), Northeast Shelf Province (40), Northeast Shelf Transition (41)
Other Regions
Territory of Ashmore & Cartier Islands
Distribution References
Ecological Descriptors
Benthic, coral reef, inshore, soft bottom.
Extra Ecological Information
1–30 m.
General References
Chen, J.-P., Ho, H.-C. & Shao, K.-T. 2007. A new lizardfish (Aulopiformes: Synodontidae) from Taiwan with descriptions of three new records. Zoological Studies 46(2): 148-154 [149]
Cressey, R. 1981. Revision of the Indo-west Pacific lizardfishes of the genus Synodus (Pisces : Synodontidae). Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology 342: 1-53 figs 1-44 [9]
Hoese, D.F. & Gates, J.E. 2006. Family Synodontidae, subfamily Synodontinae. pp. 467-471 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [468]
Johnson, J.W. 2010. Fishes of the Moreton Bay Marine Park and adjacent continental shelf waters, Queensland, Australia. pp. 299-353 in Davie, P.J.F. & Phillips, J.A. Proceedings of the Thirteenth International Marine Biological Workshop, The Marine Fauna and Flora of Moreton Bay. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 54(3) [310]
Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1940]
Waples, R.S. & Randall, J.E. 1989. A revision of the Hawaiian lizardfishes of the genus Synodus, with descriptions of four new species. Pacific Science 42(3-4): 177-213 [189]
Common Name References
Randall, J.E., Allen, G.R. & Steene, R. 1990. Fishes of the Great Barrier Reef and Coral Sea. Bathurst : Crawford House Press 507 pp. figs. [49] (Twospot Lizardfish)
Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1940] (FAO) (Twospot Lizardfish)
Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Twospot Lizardfish)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 09-Jun-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
Species Synodus dermatogenys Fowler, 1912
Banded Lizardfish, Clearfin Lizardfish, Two-spot Lizardfish, Variegated Lizardfish
- Synodus dermatogenys Fowler, H.W. 1912. Notes on salmonoid and related fishes. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia 63: 551-571 [566, fig. 3].
Type data:
Holotype ANSP 28130, Hawaiian Islands.
Paratype(s) ANSP 28131-34.
Miscellaneous Literature Names
- Synodus japonicus (Houttuyn, 1782) [misidentification of a species of uncertain identity, considered a senior synonym of Synodus variegatus]. —
McCulloch, A.R. 1921. Notes and illustrations of Queensland fishes. No. 2. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 7(3): 164-178 pls 8-11 [165] (Lord Howe Island in part, misidentification of a species of uncertain identity) - Synodus variegatus Lacépède, 1803 [in part, considered Synodus dermatogenys as a junior synonym of S. variegatus]. —
Allen, G.R., Hoese, D.F., Paxton, J.R., Randall, J.E., Russell, B.C., Starck, W.A., Talbot, F.H. & Whitley, G.P. 1976. Annotated checklist of the fishes of Lord Howe Island. Records of the Australian Museum 30(15): 365-454 figs 1-2 [381]
Cressey, R. 1981. Revision of the Indo-west Pacific lizardfishes of the genus Synodus (Pisces : Synodontidae). Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology 342: 1-53 figs 1-44 [6]
Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F., Allen, G.R. & Hanley, J.E. (eds) 1989. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Pisces: Petromyzontidae to Carangidae. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 7 665 pp. [239]
Distribution
States
New South Wales, Northern Territory, Queensland, Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
Ningaloo Reef (22º41´S), Rowley Shoals (17º17´S), WA, Ashmore Reef, Timor Sea (12º15´S), to Sydney, NSW (33º51´S), also Christmas Island, Indian Ocean, Ashmore Reef, Coral Sea and Elizabeth Reef, Tasman Sea; tropical, Indo-west-central Pacific; often misidentified as S. variegatus.
IMCRA
Lord Howe Province (14), Timor Province (2), Cape Province (20), Norfolk Island Province (21), Christmas Island Province (23), Northern Shelf Province (25), Northwest Shelf Transition (26), Northwest Shelf Province (27), Central Western Shelf Transition (28), Northwest Transition (3), Central Eastern Shelf Province (38), Central Eastern Shelf Transition (39), Northeast Shelf Province (40), Northeast Shelf Transition (41)
Other Regions
Territory of Ashmore & Cartier Islands, Torres Strait Islands terrestrial, marine & freshwater
Distribution References
- Allen, G.R. 1993. Fishes of Ashmore Reef and Cartier Island. Records of the Western Australian Museum, Supplement 44: 67-91 [72] (as Synodus variegatus)
- Hobbs, J-P.A., Newman, S.J., Mitsopoulos, G.E.A., Travers, M.J., Skepper, C.L., Gilligan, J.J., Allen, G.R., Choat, H.J. & Ayling, A.M. 2014. Checklist and new records of Christmas Island fishes: the influence of isolation, biogeography and habitat availability on species abundance and community composition. Raffles Bulletin of Zoology Supplement 30: 184–202 [192]
- Larson, H.K., Williams, R.S. & Hammer, M.P. 2013. An annotated checklist of the fishes of the Northern Territory, Australia. Zootaxa 3696(1): 1-293 [46]
Ecological Descriptors
Coral reef, inshore, soft bottom.
Extra Ecological Information
1–32 m.
General References
Cressey, R. 1981. Revision of the Indo-west Pacific lizardfishes of the genus Synodus (Pisces : Synodontidae). Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology 342: 1-53 figs 1-44 [6] (as a synonym of Synodus variegatus)
Francis, M. 1993. Checklist of the coastal fishes of Lord Howe, Norfolk, and Kermadec Islands, southwest Pacific Ocean. Pacific Science 47(2): 136-170 figs 1-2 [158]
Francis, M.P. & Randall, J.E. 1993. Further additions to the fish faunas of Lord Howe and Norfolk Islands, southwest Pacific Ocean. Pacific Science 47(2): 118-135 figs 1-22 pls 1-4 [128]
Hoese, D.F. & Gates, J.E. 2006. Family Synodontidae, subfamily Synodontinae. pp. 467-471 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [468]
Johnson, J.W. 1999. Annotated checklist of the fishes of Moreton Bay, Queensland, Australia. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 43(2): 709-762 [723]
Johnson, J.W. 2010. Fishes of the Moreton Bay Marine Park and adjacent continental shelf waters, Queensland, Australia. pp. 299-353 in Davie, P.J.F. & Phillips, J.A. Proceedings of the Thirteenth International Marine Biological Workshop, The Marine Fauna and Flora of Moreton Bay. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 54(3) [310]
McCulloch, A.R. 1929. A check-list of the fishes recorded from Australia. Part I. Memoirs of the Australian Museum 5: 1–144 [78] (as Synodus japonicus, a species now regarded as of uncertain identity)
Munro, I.S.R. 1961. Handbook of Australian fishes. Nos 1–42. Australian Fisheries Newsletter 15–17, 19, 20: 1-172 [published as separates 1956–1961] [37] (260, as S. variegatus)
Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1941]
Sainsbury, K.J., Kailola, P.J. & Leyland, G.G. 1984. Continental Shelf Fishes of Northern and North-Western Australia. Canberra : Fisheries Information Service 375 pp. figs & pls. [74] (as S. variegatus)
Waples, R.S. & Randall, J.E. 1989. A revision of the Hawaiian lizardfishes of the genus Synodus, with descriptions of four new species. Pacific Science 42(3-4): 177-213 [190]
Whitley, G.P. 1964. A survey of Australian Ichthyology. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 89(1): 11-127 [37] (428, as S. variegatus)
Common Name References
Hutchins, J.B. & Swainston, R. 1986. Sea Fishes of Southern Australia. Complete field guide for anglers and divers. Perth : Swainston Publishing 180 pp. [122] (misidentification) (Variegated Lizardfish)
Kuiter, R.H. 1993. Coastal Fishes of South-eastern Australia. Bathurst : Crawford House Press 437 pp. [41] (Two-spot Lizardfish)
Randall, J.E., Allen, G.R. & Steene, R. 1990. Fishes of the Great Barrier Reef and Coral Sea. Bathurst : Crawford House Press 507 pp. figs. [50] (Clearfin Lizardfish)
Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1941] (FAO) (Banded Lizardfish)
Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Banded Lizardfish)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 09-Jun-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
08-May-2012 | MODIFIED |
Species Synodus doaki Russell & Cressey, 1979
Arrowtooth Lizardfish, Doak's Lizardfish
- Synodus doaki Russell, B.C. & Cressey, R.F. 1979. Three new species of Indo-west Pacific lizardfish (Synodontidae). Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 92(1): 166-175 figs 1-3 [166, fig. 1].
Type data:
Holotype NMNZ 5676, New Zealand.
Paratype(s) AM I.15338; AM I.18351–001; AM I.18773–001; NMNZ 5677–78.
Miscellaneous Literature Names
Distribution
States
New South Wales, Queensland
Extra Distribution Information
One Tree Island, QLD (23º30´S) to North Solitary Island, NSW (29°56'S), Lord Howe Island and Norfolk Island; tropical, south-west Pacific.
IMCRA
Lord Howe Province (14), Norfolk Island Province (21), Central Eastern Shelf Transition (39), Northeast Shelf Province (40)
Distribution References
- Francis, M. 1993. Checklist of the coastal fishes of Lord Howe, Norfolk, and Kermadec Islands, southwest Pacific Ocean. Pacific Science 47(2): 136-170 figs 1-2 [158]
- Randall, J.E. 2009. Five new Indo-Pacific lizardfishes of the genus Synodus (Aulopiformes: Synodontidae). Zoological Studies 48(3): 402-417
Ecological Descriptors
Benthic, coral reef, inshore, soft bottom.
General References
Hoese, D.F. & Gates, J.E. 2006. Family Synodontidae, subfamily Synodontinae. pp. 467-471 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [468]
Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1941]
Russell, B.C. 2015. Family Synodontidae. pp. 541-546 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 2 pp. 1-576. [543]
Common Name References
Randall, J.E., Allen, G.R. & Steene, R. 1990. Fishes of the Great Barrier Reef and Coral Sea. Bathurst : Crawford House Press 507 pp. figs. [50] (Arrowtooth Lizardfish)
Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1941] (FAO) (Doak's Lizardfish)
Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Arrowtooth Lizardfish)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 09-Jun-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
Species Synodus hoshinonis Tanaka, 1917
Blackshoulder Lizardfish, Black-shouldered Lizardfish
- Synodus hoshinonis Tanaka, S. 1917. Six new species of fishes from Japan. Zoological Magazine, Tokyo 29: 37-40 [in Japanese] [38].
Type data:
Holotype FUMT 7476, Hiro, Wakayama Pref., Japan.
Distribution
States
Northern Territory, Queensland, Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
Off PorExmouth, WA to Lizard Island, QLD; tropical, Indo-west Pacific.
IMCRA
Northern Shelf Province (25), Northwest Shelf Transition (26), Northwest Shelf Province (27), Northeast Shelf Transition (41)
Distribution References
Ecological Descriptors
Benthic, inshore, soft bottom.
General References
Cressey, R. 1981. Revision of the Indo-west Pacific lizardfishes of the genus Synodus (Pisces : Synodontidae). Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology 342: 1-53 figs 1-44
Hoese, D.F. & Gates, J.E. 2006. Family Synodontidae, subfamily Synodontinae. pp. 467-471 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [468]
Common Name References
Sainsbury, K.J., Kailola, P.J. & Leyland, G.G. 1984. Continental Shelf Fishes of Northern and North-Western Australia. Canberra : Fisheries Information Service 375 pp. figs & pls. [72] (Black-shouldered Lizardfish)
Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Blackshoulder Lizardfish)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 09-Jun-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
09-Jun-2016 | MODIFIED |
- Synodus houlti McCulloch, A.R. 1921. Notes and illustrations of Queensland fishes. No. 2. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 7(3): 164-178 pls 8-11 [165].
Type data:
Holotype QM I.3543, near Capricorn Group, QLD.
Miscellaneous Literature Names
- Synodus japonicus (Houttuyn, 1782). —
McCulloch, A.R. 1921. Notes and illustrations of Queensland fishes. No. 2. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 7(3): 164-178 pls 8-11 [165] (in part, misidentification of a species of uncertain identity) - Synodus variegatus (Lacépède, 1803) [in part, considered Synodus variegatus as a senior synonym of S. houlti]. —
Cressey, R. 1981. Revision of the Indo-west Pacific lizardfishes of the genus Synodus (Pisces : Synodontidae). Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology 342: 1-53 figs 1-44 [6]
Russell, B.C. 1983. Annotated checklist of the coral reef fishes in the Capricorn-Bunker group, Great Barrier Reef, Australia. Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority. Special Publication Series 1: 1-184 figs 1-2 [25]
Distribution
States
Queensland
Extra Distribution Information
Capricorn Group, Great Barrier Reef; subtropical, south-west Pacific.
IMCRA
Lord Howe Province (14), Northeast Shelf Province (40)
Distribution References
Ecological Descriptors
Benthic, coral reef, sand bottom marine.
General References
Francis, M. 1993. Checklist of the coastal fishes of Lord Howe, Norfolk, and Kermadec Islands, southwest Pacific Ocean. Pacific Science 47(2): 136-170 figs 1-2
Hoese, D.F. & Gates, J.E. 2006. Family Synodontidae, subfamily Synodontinae. pp. 467-471 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [468]
Common Name References
Coleman, N. 1981. Australian Sea Fishes North of 30°S. Lane Cove, NSW : Doubleday Australia Pty Ltd 297 pp. [33] (Hoult's Lizardfish)
Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Hoult's Lizardfish)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 09-Jun-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
- Saurus indicus Day, F. 1873. On some new fishes of India. Journal of the Linnean Society of London, Zoology 11: 524-530 [526].
Type data:
Lectotype ZSI 2337, India.
Paralectotype(s) RMNH 8817; AM B.7672 (possible paralectotype =Saurida tumbil).Subsequent designation references:
Norman, J.R. 1935. A revision of the lizard-fishes of the genera Synodus, Trachinocephalus, and Saurida. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1935(1): 99-135 figs 1-18 [114].
Generic Combinations
- Synodus indicus (Day, 1873). —
Cressey, R. 1981. Revision of the Indo-west Pacific lizardfishes of the genus Synodus (Pisces : Synodontidae). Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology 342: 1-53 figs 1-44 [21] (changed combination cited)
Distribution
States
Northern Territory, Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
W of Enderby Island, WA (20º36´S) to north of Gulf of Carpentaria, NT (137º); tropical, Indo-west Pacific.
IMCRA
Timor Province (2), Northern Shelf Province (25), Northwest Shelf Transition (26), Northwest Shelf Province (27)
Ecological Descriptors
Benthic, continental shelf, inshore, soft bottom.
Extra Ecological Information
20–100 m.
General References
Cressey, R. 1981. Revision of the Indo-west Pacific lizardfishes of the genus Synodus (Pisces : Synodontidae). Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology 342: 1-53 figs 1-44
Hoese, D.F. & Gates, J.E. 2006. Family Synodontidae, subfamily Synodontinae. pp. 467-471 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [469]
Larson, H.K., Williams, R.S. & Hammer, M.P. 2013. An annotated checklist of the fishes of the Northern Territory, Australia. Zootaxa 3696(1): 1-293 [46]
Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1942]
Common Name References
Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1942] (FAO) (Indian Lizardfish)
Sainsbury, K.J., Kailola, P.J. & Leyland, G.G. 1984. Continental Shelf Fishes of Northern and North-Western Australia. Canberra : Fisheries Information Service 375 pp. figs & pls. [72] (Indian Lizardfish)
Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Indian Lizardfish)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 09-Jun-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
Species Synodus jaculum Russell & Cressey, 1979
Tailspot Lizardfish, Black-tailed Lizardfish, Javelinfish, Lighthouse Lizardfish, Tail-blotch Lizardfish
- Synodus jaculum Russell, B.C. & Cressey, R.F. 1979. Three new species of Indo-west Pacific lizardfish (Synodontidae). Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 92(1): 166-175 figs 1-3 [169, fig. 2].
Type data:
Holotype AM I.19470–005, off Lizard Island, QLD.
Paratype(s) AM I.18340–001; AM I.18340–002; AM I.19222–001; AM I.19473–054.
Distribution
States
New South Wales, Queensland, Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
Off Tantabiddi Creek (21°57`S), Rowley Shoals (17°20`S) and Scott Reef (13°56`S), WA, Ashmore Reef, Timor Sea (123°11`S) and Cape Melville, QLD (13º56´S) to Sydney, NSW (33º55´S); tropical, Indo-west-central Pacific.
IMCRA
Timor Province (2), Christmas Island Province (23), Northwest Shelf Province (27), Central Western Shelf Transition (28), Northwest Transition (3), Central Eastern Shelf Province (38), Central Eastern Shelf Transition (39), Northeast Shelf Province (40), Northeast Shelf Transition (41)
Other Regions
Territory of Ashmore & Cartier Islands
Distribution References
- Allen, G.R. 1993. Fishes of Ashmore Reef and Cartier Island. Records of the Western Australian Museum, Supplement 44: 67-91 [72]
- Hobbs, J-P.A., Newman, S.J., Mitsopoulos, G.E.A., Travers, M.J., Skepper, C.L., Gilligan, J.J., Allen, G.R., Choat, H.J. & Ayling, A.M. 2014. Checklist and new records of Christmas Island fishes: the influence of isolation, biogeography and habitat availability on species abundance and community composition. Raffles Bulletin of Zoology Supplement 30: 184–202 [192]
- Hutchins, J.B. 1994. A survey of the nearshore reef fish fauna of Western Australia's west and south coasts — The Leeuwin Province. Records of the Western Australian Museum, Supplement 46: 1-66 figs 1-6 [41]
- Russell, B.C. 1983. Annotated checklist of the coral reef fishes in the Capricorn-Bunker group, Great Barrier Reef, Australia. Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority. Special Publication Series 1: 1-184 figs 1-2 [25]
Ecological Descriptors
Benthic, coral reef, inshore, soft bottom.
Extra Ecological Information
10–100 m.
General References
Chen, J.-P., Ho, H.-C. & Shao, K.-T. 2007. A new lizardfish (Aulopiformes: Synodontidae) from Taiwan with descriptions of three new records. Zoological Studies 46(2): 148-154 [149]
Hoese, D.F. & Gates, J.E. 2006. Family Synodontidae, subfamily Synodontinae. pp. 467-471 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [469]
Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1942]
Common Name References
Allen, G.R. 1997. Marine Fishes of Tropical Australia and South-east Asia. Perth : Western Australian Museum 292 pp. 106 pls. [60] (Tailspot Lizardfish)
Kuiter, R.H. 1993. Coastal Fishes of South-eastern Australia. Bathurst : Crawford House Press 437 pp. [42] (Tail-blotch Lizardfish)
Randall, J.E., Allen, G.R. & Steene, R. 1990. Fishes of the Great Barrier Reef and Coral Sea. Bathurst : Crawford House Press 507 pp. figs. [50] (Javelinfish)
Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1942] (FAO) (Lighthouse Lizardfish)
Sainsbury, K.J., Kailola, P.J. & Leyland, G.G. 1984. Continental Shelf Fishes of Northern and North-Western Australia. Canberra : Fisheries Information Service 375 pp. figs & pls. [72] (Black-tailed Lizardfish)
Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Tailspot Lizardfish)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 09-Jun-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
- Saurus kaianus Günther, A. 1880. Report on the shore fishes procured during the voyage of H.M.S Challenger, in the years 1872–1876. Report on the Scientific Results of the Voyage of H.M.S. Challenger 1873–1876, Zoology 1(6): 1-82 pls 1-32 [50, pl. 23(c)].
Type data:
Holotype BMNH 1879.5.14.594, Kai Islands, Arafura Sea, Indonesia.
Generic Combinations
- Synodus kaianus (Günther, 1880). —
Cressey, R. 1981. Revision of the Indo-west Pacific lizardfishes of the genus Synodus (Pisces : Synodontidae). Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology 342: 1-53 figs 1-44 [25] (changed combination cited)
Distribution
States
Northern Territory, Queensland, Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
Bonaparte Gulf, WA (128º27´E) and E of Evans Shoal, Arafura Sea, NT (130º14´E), and east of Hinchinbrook Island, in Townsville Trough. (17°59'S, 147°06' E to SE of Heart Reef (22º10'S) QLD; tropical, east-Indo-west-central Pacific.
IMCRA
Timor Transition (1), Northeast Province (18), Northeast Transition (19), Northwest Shelf Transition (26)
Other Regions
Coral Sea Islands Territory
Ecological Descriptors
Benthic, continental shelf, continental slope, inshore, soft bottom.
Extra Ecological Information
200–400 m.
General References
Cressey, R. 1981. Revision of the Indo-west Pacific lizardfishes of the genus Synodus (Pisces : Synodontidae). Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology 342: 1-53 figs 1-44
Hoese, D.F., Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E. & Bray, D.J. 2006. Family Synodontidae, subfamily Harpadontinae. pp. 472-476 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [469]
Larson, H.K., Williams, R.S. & Hammer, M.P. 2013. An annotated checklist of the fishes of the Northern Territory, Australia. Zootaxa 3696(1): 1-293 [47]
Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1942]
Waples, R.S. & Randall, J.E. 1989. A revision of the Hawaiian lizardfishes of the genus Synodus, with descriptions of four new species. Pacific Science 42(3-4): 177-213 [197]
Common Name References
Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1942] (FAO) (Kaianus Lizardfish)
Sainsbury, K.J., Kailola, P.J. & Leyland, G.G. 1984. Continental Shelf Fishes of Northern and North-Western Australia. Canberra : Fisheries Information Service 375 pp. figs & pls. [74] (Black Lizardfish)
Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Black Lizardfish)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 17-Dec-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
Species Synodus macrops Tanaka, 1917
Triplecross Lizardfish, Big-eyed Lizardfish, Enigmatic Lizardfish
- Synodus macrops Tanaka, S. 1917. Six new species of fishes from Japan. Zoological Magazine, Tokyo 29: 37-40 [in Japanese] [38].
Type data:
Holotype FUMT 7473 (FUMT 7474-75, 7477 and 479-80 listed as paratypes by Cressey, R. 1981. Revision of the Indo-west Pacific lizardfishes of the genus Synodus (Pisces : Synodontidae). Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology 342: 1–53 figs 1–44, but not regarded as types by Eschmeyer, W.N. 1998. Catalog of Fishes. San Francisco : California Academy of Sciences pp. 3 vols 2905), Tokyo market, Japan.
Distribution
States
Northern Territory, Queensland, Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
Off Port Hedland, WA (19º04'S) to N of Bathurst Island, Arafura Sea (10º02'S, 130º16'E) NT and E of Dunk Island (17º58'S) to Moreton Bay, QLD; tropical, east-Indo-west Pacific.
IMCRA
Timor Transition (1), Northeast Transition (19), Timor Province (2), Northwest Shelf Transition (26), Northwest Shelf Province (27), Central Eastern Shelf Transition (39), Northeast Shelf Province (40)
Other Regions
Coral Sea Islands Territory
Distribution References
- Johnson, J.W. 2010. Fishes of the Moreton Bay Marine Park and adjacent continental shelf waters, Queensland, Australia. pp. 299-353 in Davie, P.J.F. & Phillips, J.A. Proceedings of the Thirteenth International Marine Biological Workshop, The Marine Fauna and Flora of Moreton Bay. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 54(3) [310]
- Larson, H.K., Williams, R.S. & Hammer, M.P. 2013. An annotated checklist of the fishes of the Northern Territory, Australia. Zootaxa 3696(1): 1-293 [47]
- Last, P.R., Pogonoski, J.J., Gledhill, D.C. White, W.T. & Walker, C.J. 2014. The deepwater demersal ichthyofauna of the western Coral Sea. Zootaxa 3887 (2): 191–224 [210]
Ecological Descriptors
Benthic, continental shelf, inshore, soft bottom.
Extra Ecological Information
35–173 m.
General References
Cressey, R. 1981. Revision of the Indo-west Pacific lizardfishes of the genus Synodus (Pisces : Synodontidae). Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology 342: 1-53 figs 1-44
Hoese, D.F. & Gates, J.E. 2006. Family Synodontidae, subfamily Synodontinae. pp. 467-471 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [469]
Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1943]
Common Name References
Allen, G.R. 1997. Marine Fishes of Tropical Australia and South-east Asia. Perth : Western Australian Museum 292 pp. 106 pls. [60] (Big-eyed Lizardfish)
Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1943] (FAO) (Triplecross Lizardfish)
Sainsbury, K.J., Kailola, P.J. & Leyland, G.G. 1984. Continental Shelf Fishes of Northern and North-Western Australia. Canberra : Fisheries Information Service 375 pp. figs & pls. [72] (Enigmatic Lizardfish)
Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Triplecross Lizardfish)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 09-Jun-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
- Synodus oculeus Cressey, R. 1981. Revision of the Indo-west Pacific lizardfishes of the genus Synodus (Pisces : Synodontidae). Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology 342: 1-53 figs 1-44 [30, figs 24-25, 26a].
Type data:
Holotype USNM 217612, Macclesfield Bank, South China Sea [16°04´ to 16°03´30"N, 114°42´30" to 114°39´E].
Paratype(s) USNM 217510; USNM 217511; USNM 217513; USNM 217738; USNM 222194.
Distribution
States
Northern Territory, Queensland, Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
SE of Vulcan Shoal (12º50´S, 124º22'E), WA to S of Evans Shoal, NT (10º05´S, 129º01'E), Timor Sea, and N of Townsville, QLD (17º53´S), also E of Flinders Reefs, Coral Sea (17º30´S); tropical, Indo-west Pacific.
IMCRA
Northeast Province (18), Timor Province (2), Northwest Shelf Transition (26), Northeast Shelf Province (40)
Other Regions
Coral Sea Islands Territory
Distribution References
- Larson, H.K., Williams, R.S. & Hammer, M.P. 2013. An annotated checklist of the fishes of the Northern Territory, Australia. Zootaxa 3696(1): 1-293 [47]
- Last, P.R., Pogonoski, J.J., Gledhill, D.C. White, W.T. & Walker, C.J. 2014. The deepwater demersal ichthyofauna of the western Coral Sea. Zootaxa 3887 (2): 191–224 [209]
Ecological Descriptors
Benthic, continental shelf, soft bottom.
Extra Ecological Information
66–96 m.
General References
Hoese, D.F. & Gates, J.E. 2006. Family Synodontidae, subfamily Synodontinae. pp. 467-471 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [469]
Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1943]
Common Name References
Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1943] (FAO) (Largeeye Lizardfish)
Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Large-eye Lizardfish)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 09-Jun-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
Species Synodus rubromarmoratus Russell & Cressey, 1979
Redmarbled Lizardfish, Red-marbled Lizardfish
- Synodus rubromarmoratus Russell, B.C. & Cressey, R.F. 1979. Three new species of Indo-west Pacific lizardfish (Synodontidae). Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 92(1): 166-175 figs 1-3 [172, fig. 3].
Type data:
Holotype AM I.19450–027, Lizard Island, QLD.
Paratype(s) AM I.19450–024; USNM 218792.
Distribution
States
Queensland, Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
SW of Broome (19º01´S) and Scott Reef (13º56´S), WA, and Tijou Reef (13º05´S) to One Tree Island (23º30'S), Qld, also Osprey Reef, Coral Sea (13º54´S); tropical, east-Indo-west Pacific.
IMCRA
Northeast Transition (19), Timor Province (2), Northwest Shelf Province (27), Northeast Shelf Province (40), Northeast Shelf Transition (41)
Other Regions
Coral Sea Islands Territory
Distribution References
- Allen, G.R. 1993. Fishes of Ashmore Reef and Cartier Island. Records of the Western Australian Museum, Supplement 44: 67-91 [72]
- Russell, B.C. 1983. Annotated checklist of the coral reef fishes in the Capricorn-Bunker group, Great Barrier Reef, Australia. Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority. Special Publication Series 1: 1-184 figs 1-2 [25]
Ecological Descriptors
Benthic, coral reef, inshore, soft bottom.
Extra Ecological Information
1–15 m.
General References
Chen, J.-P., Ho, H.-C. & Shao, K.-T. 2007. A new lizardfish (Aulopiformes: Synodontidae) from Taiwan with descriptions of three new records. Zoological Studies 46(2): 148-154 [149]
Cressey, R. 1981. Revision of the Indo-west Pacific lizardfishes of the genus Synodus (Pisces : Synodontidae). Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology 342: 1-53 figs 1-44 [34]
Hoese, D.F. & Gates, J.E. 2006. Family Synodontidae, subfamily Synodontinae. pp. 467-471 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [469]
Randall, J.E. 1998. First record of the lizardfish Synodus rubromarmoratus Russell and Cressey from Hawaii and Japan. I.O.P. Diving News 9(12): 6-7 [6]
Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1944]
Common Name References
Kuiter, R.H. 1996. Guide to Sea Fishes of Australia. A comprehensive reference for divers and fishermen. Sydney, NSW, Australia : New Holland Publishers xvii, 434 pp. [38] (Red-marbled Lizardfish)
Randall, J.E., Allen, G.R. & Steene, R. 1990. Fishes of the Great Barrier Reef and Coral Sea. Bathurst : Crawford House Press 507 pp. figs. [51] (Redmarbled Lizardfish)
Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1944] (FAO) (Redmarbled Lizardfish)
Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Redmarbled Lizardfish)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 17-Dec-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
Species Synodus sageneus Waite, 1905
Fishnet Lizardfish, Banded Lizardfish, Fish-net Lizardfish, Netted Lizardfish, Speartoothed Grinner
- Synodus sageneus Waite, E.R. 1905. Notes on fishes from Western Australia. No. 3. Records of the Australian Museum 6(2): 55-82 fig. 23 pls 8-17 [58, pl. 8(1)].
Type data:
Holotype WAM P.13254-001 (incorrectly reported as P.25509–001 in Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F., Allen, G.R. & Hanley, J.E. 1989. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Pisces: Petromyzontidae to Carangidae. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 7 pp. 665), Fremantle, WA. - Xystodus banfieldi Ogilby, J.D. 1910. On new or insufficiently described fishes. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland 23(1): 1-55 [Date published 1911] [6].
Type data:
Holotype QM I.14 (figured in Whitley, G.P. 1943. Ichthyological notes and illustrations. Part 2. Australian Zoologist 10(2): 167–187 figs 1–10 [173 fig. 5]), Dunk Island, QLD.
Taxonomic Decision for Synonymy
- Cressey, R. 1981. Revision of the Indo-west Pacific lizardfishes of the genus Synodus (Pisces : Synodontidae). Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology 342: 1-53 figs 1-44 [36]
Generic Combinations
- Xystodus sageneus (Waite, 1905). —
Whitley, G.P. 1964. A survey of Australian Ichthyology. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 89(1): 11-127 [37] (changed combination cited)
Distribution
States
Northern Territory, Queensland, Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
Fremantle, WA (32º03´S) to NW of Fraser Island, QLD (24º28´S); tropical, east-Indo-west Pacific.
IMCRA
Northern Shelf Province (25), Northwest Shelf Transition (26), Northwest Shelf Province (27), Central Western Shelf Transition (28), Central Western Shelf Province (29), Southwest Shelf Transition (30), Southwest Shelf Province (31), Central Eastern Shelf Transition (39), Northeast Shelf Province (40), Northeast Shelf Transition (41)
Other Regions
Torres Strait Islands terrestrial, marine & freshwater
Distribution References
Ecological Descriptors
Benthic, inshore, soft bottom.
Extra Ecological Information
12–22 m.
General References
Cressey, R. 1981. Revision of the Indo-west Pacific lizardfishes of the genus Synodus (Pisces : Synodontidae). Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology 342: 1-53 figs 1-44 [36]
Grant, E.M. 2002. Guide to Fishes. Redcliffe : EM Grant Pty Ltd 880 pp. [128]
Hoese, D.F. & Gates, J.E. 2006. Family Synodontidae, subfamily Synodontinae. pp. 467-471 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [470]
Larson, H.K., Williams, R.S. & Hammer, M.P. 2013. An annotated checklist of the fishes of the Northern Territory, Australia. Zootaxa 3696(1): 1-293 [47]
Larson, H.K. & Williams, R.S. 1997. Darwin Harbour fishes: a survey and annotated checklist. pp. 339-380 in Hanley, H.R., Caswell, G., Megirian, D. & Larson, H.K. (eds). The Marine Flora and Fauna of Darwin Harbour, Northern Territory, Australia. Proceedings of the Sixth International Marine Biology Workshop. Darwin : Museum and Art Gallery of the Northern Territory 466 pp. [348]
McCulloch, A.R. 1929. A check-list of the fishes recorded from Australia. Part I. Memoirs of the Australian Museum 5: 1–144 [79] (and as as Xystodus banfieldi)
Munro, I.S.R. 1961. Handbook of Australian fishes. Nos 1–42. Australian Fisheries Newsletter 15–17, 19, 20: 1-172 [published as separates 1956–1961] [37] (258)
Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1944]
Whitley, G.P. 1964. A survey of Australian Ichthyology. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 89(1): 11-127 [37] (430)
Common Name References
Allen, G.R. 1997. Marine Fishes of Tropical Australia and South-east Asia. Perth : Western Australian Museum 292 pp. 106 pls. [60] (Netted Lizardfish)
Grant, E.M. 2002. Guide to Fishes. Redcliffe : EM Grant Pty Ltd 880 pp. [128] (Fishnet Lizardfish)
Munro, I.S.R. 1961. Handbook of Australian fishes. Nos 1–42. Australian Fisheries Newsletter 15–17, 19, 20: 1-172 [published as separates 1956–1961] [37] (Fish-net Lizardfish)
Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1944] (FAO) (Speartoothed Grinner)
Sainsbury, K.J., Kailola, P.J. & Leyland, G.G. 1984. Continental Shelf Fishes of Northern and North-Western Australia. Canberra : Fisheries Information Service 375 pp. figs & pls. [74] (Banded Lizardfish)
Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Fishnet Lizardfish)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 09-Jun-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
Species Synodus similis McCulloch, 1921
Streaky Lizardfish, Ear-spot Lizardfish, Simile Lizardfish, Southern Lizardfish
- Synodus similis McCulloch, A.R. 1921. Notes and illustrations of Queensland fishes. No. 2. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 7(3): 164-178 pls 8-11 [167, pl. 8(2)].
Type data:
Holotype QM I.3542, Capricorn Group, Great Barrier Reef, QLD.
Generic Combinations
- Austrotirus similis (McCulloch, 1921). —
Whitley, G.P. 1964. A survey of Australian Ichthyology. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 89(1): 11-127 [37] (changed combination cited)
Miscellaneous Literature Names
- Synodus hoshinonis Tanaka, 1917. —
Allen, G.R., Hoese, D.F., Paxton, J.R., Randall, J.E., Russell, B.C., Starck, W.A., Talbot, F.H. & Whitley, G.P. 1976. Annotated checklist of the fishes of Lord Howe Island. Records of the Australian Museum 30(15): 365-454 figs 1-2 [380] (regarded Synodus similis as a junior synonym of S. hoshinonis)
Johnson, J.W. 2010. Fishes of the Moreton Bay Marine Park and adjacent continental shelf waters, Queensland, Australia. pp. 299-353 in Davie, P.J.F. & Phillips, J.A. Proceedings of the Thirteenth International Marine Biological Workshop, The Marine Fauna and Flora of Moreton Bay. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 54(3) [310] (suggested that Synodus similis was probably identical to S. hoshinonis)
Distribution
States
New South Wales, Queensland
Extra Distribution Information
Torres Strait, QLD (10º11´S) to Montague Island, (36°15'S) NSW, also the Lord Howe island and Rise, Tasman Sea; tropical, south Pacific (east to Rapa).
IMCRA
Lord Howe Province (14), Southeast Shelf Transition (37), Central Eastern Shelf Province (38), Central Eastern Shelf Transition (39), Northeast Shelf Province (40), Northeast Shelf Transition (41)
Distribution References
- Francis, M. 1993. Checklist of the coastal fishes of Lord Howe, Norfolk, and Kermadec Islands, southwest Pacific Ocean. Pacific Science 47(2): 136-170 figs 1-2 [158]
- Russell, B.C. 1983. Annotated checklist of the coral reef fishes in the Capricorn-Bunker group, Great Barrier Reef, Australia. Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority. Special Publication Series 1: 1-184 figs 1-2 [25]
Ecological Descriptors
Benthic, coral reef, inshore, soft bottom.
Extra Ecological Information
25–35 m.
General References
Grant, E.M. 2002. Guide to Fishes. Redcliffe : EM Grant Pty Ltd 880 pp. [129]
Hoese, D.F. & Gates, J.E. 2006. Family Synodontidae, subfamily Synodontinae. pp. 467-471 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [470]
McCulloch, A.R. 1929. A check-list of the fishes recorded from Australia. Part I. Memoirs of the Australian Museum 5: 1–144 [79]
Munro, I.S.R. 1961. Handbook of Australian fishes. Nos 1–42. Australian Fisheries Newsletter 15–17, 19, 20: 1-172 [published as separates 1956–1961] [37] (259)
Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1944]
Russell, B.C. 2015. Family Synodontidae. pp. 541-546 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 2 pp. 1-576. [544]
Whitley, G.P. 1964. A survey of Australian Ichthyology. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 89(1): 11-127 [37] (429, as Austrotirus similis)
Common Name References
Grant, E.M. 2002. Guide to Fishes. Redcliffe : EM Grant Pty Ltd 880 pp. [129] (Streaky Lizardfish)
Kuiter, R.H. 1993. Coastal Fishes of South-eastern Australia. Bathurst : Crawford House Press 437 pp. [42] (Ear-spot Lizardfish)
Randall, J.E., Allen, G.R. & Steene, R. 1997. Fishes of the Great Barrier Reef and Coral Sea. Bathurst : Crawford House Press 557 pp. figs. [496] (Simile Lizardfish)
Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1944] (FAO) (Southern Lizardfish)
Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Streaky Lizardfish)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 09-Jun-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
- Synodus tectus Cressey, R. 1981. Revision of the Indo-west Pacific lizardfishes of the genus Synodus (Pisces : Synodontidae). Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology 342: 1-53 figs 1-44 [39].
Type data:
Holotype USNM 218935, Visayan Sea, Philippines.
Paratype(s) AM I.20218–001; AM I.20751–014; AM I.20752–018; USNM 136223.
Distribution
States
New South Wales, Northern Territory, Queensland
Extra Distribution Information
NW of Admiralty Gulf, NT (13º17'S, 125º09´E) to SE of Yamba (29°45'S) NSW; tropical, east-Indo-west Pacific.
IMCRA
Northern Shelf Province (25), Northwest Shelf Transition (26), Central Eastern Shelf Transition (39), Northeast Shelf Province (40), Northeast Shelf Transition (41)
Ecological Descriptors
Continental shelf, inshore, soft bottom.
Extra Ecological Information
25–82 m.
General References
Chen, J.-P., Ho, H.-C. & Shao, K.-T. 2007. A new lizardfish (Aulopiformes: Synodontidae) from Taiwan with descriptions of three new records. Zoological Studies 46(2): 148-154 [153]
Hoese, D.F. & Gates, J.E. 2006. Family Synodontidae, subfamily Synodontinae. pp. 467-471 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [470]
Larson, H.K., Williams, R.S. & Hammer, M.P. 2013. An annotated checklist of the fishes of the Northern Territory, Australia. Zootaxa 3696(1): 1-293 [47]
Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1945]
Common Name References
Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1945] (FAO) (Tectus Lizardfish)
Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Tectus Lizardfish)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 09-Jun-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
Species Synodus variegatus (Lacépède, 1803)
Variegated Lizardfish, Engleman's Lizardfish, Reef Lizardfish, Scaly-cheek Lizardfish
- Salmo variegatus Lacépède, B.G. 1803. Histoire Naturelle des Poissons. Paris : chez Plassan Vol. 5 803 pp. 21 pls. [157, pl. 3(3)].
Type data:
Holotype MNHP B.2165 (BPBM 20192 designated neotype by Cressey, R. 1981. Revision of the Indo-west Pacific lizardfishes of the genus Synodus (Pisces : Synodontidae). Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology 342: 1–53 figs 1–44, [9] but holotype subsequently discovered and not conspecific with neotype, see Waples, R.S. & Randall, J.E. 1989. A revision of the Hawaiian lizardfishes of the genus Synodus, with descriptions of four new species. Pacific Science 42(3-4): 177-213), Mauritius. - Synodus engelmani Schultz, L.P. 1953. Family Synodontidae: lizardfishes. pp. 30-42, figs 8-9, pls 3, 6 in Schultz, L.P., Herald, E.S., Lachner, E.A., Welander, A.D. & Woods, L.P. (eds). Fishes of the Marshall and Marianas Islands. Vol. 1. Families Asymmetrontidae through Siganidae. Bulletin of the United States National Museum 202(1): 1-685, figs 1-90, pls 1-74 [41, fig. 9].
Type data:
Holotype USNM 140815, Marshall Islands.
Paratype(s) USNM 140816; USNM 152980–81; USNM 202547.
Taxonomic Decision for Synonymy
Generic Combinations
- Synodus variegatus (Lacépède, 1803). —
Waples, R.S. & Randall, J.E. 1989. A revision of the Hawaiian lizardfishes of the genus Synodus, with descriptions of four new species. Pacific Science 42(3-4): 177-213 [203] (changed combination cited, with discovery of holotype)
Distribution
States
New South Wales, Queensland, Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
Houtman Abrolhos (28º30´S) to Berthier Island (14º30'S), Rowley Shoals (17º18`S), Scott Reef (14º04´S)WA, also Ashmore Reef (12º11`S) and Cartier Island (12º32`S), Timor Sea, and Murray Island, Torres Strait (9º56´S) to Montague Island, New South Wales (36º15'S) NSW, Holmes Reef, Herald Cays, Lihou Reef, Coral Sea also Elizabeth Reef, Lord Howe region and Norfolk Island, Tasman Sea and Christmas Island, Indian Ocean; tropical, Indo-west-central Pacific
IMCRA
Lord Howe Province (14), Northeast Province (18), Timor Province (2), Norfolk Island Province (21), Cocos (Keeling) Island Province (22), Christmas Island Province (23), Northwest Shelf Transition (26), Northwest Shelf Province (27), Central Western Shelf Transition (28), Central Western Shelf Province (29), Northwest Transition (3), Southwest Shelf Transition (30), Southeast Shelf Transition (37), Central Eastern Shelf Province (38), Central Eastern Shelf Transition (39), Northeast Shelf Province (40), Northeast Shelf Transition (41)
Other Regions
Coral Sea Islands Territory, Territory of Ashmore & Cartier Islands, Torres Strait Islands terrestrial, marine & freshwater
Distribution References
- Allen, G.R. 1993. Fishes of Ashmore Reef and Cartier Island. Records of the Western Australian Museum, Supplement 44: 67-91 [72] (as Synodus englemani)
- Allen, G.R., Hoese, D.F., Paxton, J.R., Randall, J.E., Russell, B.C., Starck, W.A., Talbot, F.H. & Whitley, G.P. 1976. Annotated checklist of the fishes of Lord Howe Island. Records of the Australian Museum 30(15): 365-454 figs 1-2 [380] (as Synodus englemani)
- Choat, J.H., van Herwerden, L., Robbins, W.D., Hobbs, J.P. & Ayling, A.M. 2006. A report on the ecological surveys undertaken at Middleton and Elizabeth Reefs, February 2006. Report by James Cook University to the Department of the Environment and Heritage. 65 pp. [51]
- Hobbs, J-P.A., Newman, S.J., Mitsopoulos, G.E.A., Travers, M.J., Skepper, C.L., Gilligan, J.J., Allen, G.R., Choat, H.J. & Ayling, A.M. 2014. Checklist and new records of Christmas Island fishes: the influence of isolation, biogeography and habitat availability on species abundance and community composition. Raffles Bulletin of Zoology Supplement 30: 184–202 [192]
- Hobbs, J-P.A., Newman, S .J., Mitsopoulos, G.E.A., Travers, M.J., Skepper, C.L., Gilligan, J.J., Allen, G.R., Choat, H.J. & Ayling, A.M. 2014. Fishes of the Cocos (Keeling) Islands: new records, community composition and biogeographic significance. Raffles Bulletin of Zoology Supplement 30: 203–219 [209]
- Hutchins, B. 2004. Fishes of the Dampier Archipelago, Western Australia. Records of the Western Australian Museum, Supplement 66: 343–398 [386]
- Hutchins, J.B. 1997. Checklist of fishes of the Houtman Abrolhos Islands, Western Australia. pp. 239-253 in Wells, F. (ed.). The Marine Fauna and Flora of the Houtman Abrolhos Islands, Western Australia. Perth : Western Australian Museum. [244]
- Johnson, J.W. 2010. Fishes of the Moreton Bay Marine Park and adjacent continental shelf waters, Queensland, Australia. pp. 299-353 in Davie, P.J.F. & Phillips, J.A. Proceedings of the Thirteenth International Marine Biological Workshop, The Marine Fauna and Flora of Moreton Bay. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 54(3) [310]
Ecological Descriptors
Benthic, coral reef, inshore, soft bottom.
Extra Ecological Information
5–60 m.
General References
Allen, G.R. & Smith-Vaniz, W.F. 1994. Fishes of Cocos (Keeling) Islands. Atoll Research Bulletin 412: 1-21 [7]
Cressey, R. 1981. Revision of the Indo-west Pacific lizardfishes of the genus Synodus (Pisces : Synodontidae). Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology 342: 1-53 figs 1-44 (as S. englemanni)
Francis, M. 1993. Checklist of the coastal fishes of Lord Howe, Norfolk, and Kermadec Islands, southwest Pacific Ocean. Pacific Science 47(2): 136-170 figs 1-2 [158]
Francis, M.P. & Randall, J.E. 1993. Further additions to the fish faunas of Lord Howe and Norfolk Islands, southwest Pacific Ocean. Pacific Science 47(2): 118-135 figs 1-22 pls 1-4 [128]
Hoese, D.F. & Gates, J.E. 2006. Family Synodontidae, subfamily Synodontinae. pp. 467-471 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [470]
Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1945]
Russell, B.C. 2015. Family Synodontidae. pp. 541-546 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 2 pp. 1-576. [545]
Waples, R.S. & Randall, J.E. 1989. A revision of the Hawaiian lizardfishes of the genus Synodus, with descriptions of four new species. Pacific Science 42(3-4): 177-213 [203]
Common Name References
Allen, G.R. & Steene, R.C. 1988. Fishes of Christmas Island Indian Ocean. Christmas Island : Christmas Island Natural History Association 197 pp. [28] (Engleman's Lizardfish)
Grant, E.M. 2002. Guide to Fishes. Redcliffe : EM Grant Pty Ltd 880 pp. [129] (Scaly-cheek Lizardfish)
Randall, J.E., Allen, G.R. & Steene, R. 1990. Fishes of the Great Barrier Reef and Coral Sea. Bathurst : Crawford House Press 507 pp. figs. [51] (Reef Lizardfish)
Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1945] (FAO) (Variegated Lizardfish)
Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Variegated Lizardfish)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 09-Jun-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
- Trachinocephalus Gill, T.N. 1861. Catalogue of the fishes of the eastern coast of North America, from Greenland to Georgia. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia 13(Suppl.): 1-63 [dated January 1861] [53].
Type species:
Salmo myops Forster, 1801 by monotypy.
Excluded Taxa
- Misidentifications
SYNODONTIDAE: Trachinocephalus myops (Forster, 1801) [restricted to the Atlantic Ocean] — Polanco F., A., Acero P., A. & Bentancur-R., R. 2016. No longer a circumtropical species: revision of the lizardfishes in the Trachinocephalus myops species complex, with description of a new species from the Marquesas Islands. Journal of Fish Biology 88(2): 1302-1326 [online 26 June 2016] [1309]
Distribution
States
New South Wales, Northern Territory, Queensland, Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
Atlantic Indo-west-central Pacific.
IMCRA
Lord Howe Province (14), Norfolk Island Province (21), Northern Shelf Province (25), Northwest Shelf Transition (26), Northwest Shelf Province (27), Southeast Shelf Transition (37), Central Eastern Shelf Province (38), Central Eastern Shelf Transition (39), Northeast Shelf Province (40), Northeast Shelf Transition (41)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
11-Apr-2024 | SYNODONTOIDEI | 11-Apr-2024 | MODIFIED | |
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 13-Nov-2019 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
15-Jul-2015 | MODIFIED |
Species Trachinocephalus trachinus (Temminck & Schlegel, 1846)
Painted Grinner, Bluntnose Lizardfish, Painted Lizardfish, Painted Saury, Snakefish
- Saurus trachinus Temminck, C.J. & Schlegel, H. 1846. Pisces. Parts 10-14. Fauna Japonica 173-269 [231, pl. 106 (fig. 2)].
Type data:
Lectotype RMNH 3228, Nagasaki, Japan.
Paralectotype(s) RMNH D1814 skin; RMNH D1929 skin; RMNH 3227. - Goodella hypozona Ogilby, J.D. 1897. Some new genera and species of fishes. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 22(2): 245-251 [250, 253].
Type data:
Holotype AM I.3670, beaches near Sydney, NSW.
Paratype(s) BMNH 1897.10.27.32; QM I.859; USNM 48826. - Saurus limbatus Eydoux, J.F.T. & Souleyet, F.L.A. 1848. Voyage autour du Monde exécuté pendant les années 1836 et 1837 sur la Corvette La Bonite commandée par M. Vaillant. Poissons 1(2) 155–216 Atlas pls 1–10 Paris. [199, pl. 7 (fig. 3)].
Type data:
Status unknown, no locality given, but thought to be Hawaii.Type locality references:
McCulloch, A.R. 1929. A check-list of the fishes recorded from Australia. Part I. Memoirs of the Australian Museum 5: 1–144 [79].
Taxonomic Decision for Synonymy
- Norman, J.R. 1935. A revision of the lizard-fishes of the genera Synodus, Trachinocephalus, and Saurida. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1935(1): 99-135 figs 1-18 [122] (in part, considered all a junior synonym of T. myops)
- Polanco F., A., Acero P., A. & Bentancur-R., R. 2016. No longer a circumtropical species: revision of the lizardfishes in the Trachinocephalus myops species complex, with description of a new species from the Marquesas Islands. Journal of Fish Biology 88(2): 1302-1326 [online 26 June 2016] [1313]
Miscellaneous Literature Names
- Trachinocephalus myops (Forster, 1801) [regarded the species as worldwide]. —
Norman, J.R. 1935. A revision of the lizard-fishes of the genera Synodus, Trachinocephalus, and Saurida. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1935(1): 99-135 figs 1-18 [121] (in part)
Cressey, R.F. 1986. Family No. 79: Synodontidae. pp. 270-273 in Smith, M.M. & Heemstra, P.C. (eds). Smith's Sea Fishes. Johannesburg : Macmillan South Africa xx + 1047 pp. 144 pls. [273]
Introduction
Polanco et al. (2016) separated the previously recognised world wide species Trachinocephalus myops into 3 species, T. myops from the Atlantic, T trachinus from the Indo-west-central Pacific and T. gauguini from the Marquesas. They included T. limbatus as a synonym of T. myops, but McCulloch (1929) suggested the type locality was probably Hawaii, which would make T. limbatus a junior synonym of T. trachinus as listed here.
Distribution
States
New South Wales, Northern Territory, Queensland, Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
Garden Island, WA (32°12'S) to Nowra, NSW (34º53´S), Lord Howe Island and Norfolk Island; tropical, temperate, Atlantic Indo-west-central Pacific.
IMCRA
Lord Howe Province (14), Norfolk Island Province (21), Northern Shelf Province (25), Northwest Shelf Transition (26), Northwest Shelf Province (27), Southeast Shelf Transition (37), Central Eastern Shelf Province (38), Central Eastern Shelf Transition (39), Northeast Shelf Province (40), Northeast Shelf Transition (41)
Distribution References
- Allen, G.R., Hoese, D.F., Paxton, J.R., Randall, J.E., Russell, B.C., Starck, W.A., Talbot, F.H. & Whitley, G.P. 1976. Annotated checklist of the fishes of Lord Howe Island. Records of the Australian Museum 30(15): 365-454 figs 1-2 [380] (as Trachinocephalus myops)
- Francis, M. 1993. Checklist of the coastal fishes of Lord Howe, Norfolk, and Kermadec Islands, southwest Pacific Ocean. Pacific Science 47(2): 136-170 figs 1-2 [158] (as Trachinocephalus myops)
- Johnson, J.W. 2010. Fishes of the Moreton Bay Marine Park and adjacent continental shelf waters, Queensland, Australia. pp. 299-353 in Davie, P.J.F. & Phillips, J.A. Proceedings of the Thirteenth International Marine Biological Workshop, The Marine Fauna and Flora of Moreton Bay. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 54(3) [310] (as Trachinocephalus myops)
- Larson, H.K., Williams, R.S. & Hammer, M.P. 2013. An annotated checklist of the fishes of the Northern Territory, Australia. Zootaxa 3696(1): 1-293 [47] (as Trachinocephalus myops)
Ecological Descriptors
Benthic, continental shelf, inshore, soft bottom.
Extra Ecological Information
To 388 m (200 m in Australia).
General References
Hoese, D.F. & Gates, J.E. 2006. Family Synodontidae, subfamily Synodontinae. pp. 467-471 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [471] (as Trachinocephalus myops)
Hutchins, J.B. & Swainston, R. 1986. Sea Fishes of Southern Australia. Complete field guide for anglers and divers. Perth : Swainston Publishing 180 pp. [32] (as Trachinocephalus myops)
Kuiter, R.H. 1993. Coastal Fishes of South-eastern Australia. Bathurst : Crawford House Press 437 pp. [43] (as Trachinocephalus myops)
McCulloch, A.R. 1929. A check-list of the fishes recorded from Australia. Part I. Memoirs of the Australian Museum 5: 1–144 [79] (as Trachinocephalus limbatus)
Munro, I.S.R. 1961. Handbook of Australian fishes. Nos 1–42. Australian Fisheries Newsletter 15–17, 19, 20: 1-172 [published as separates 1956–1961] [36] (257, as Trachinocephalus myops)
Randall, J.E., Allen, G.R. & Steene, R. 1990. Fishes of the Great Barrier Reef and Coral Sea. Bathurst : Crawford House Press 507 pp. figs. [51] (as Trachinocephalus myops)
Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1945] (as Trachinocephalus myops)
Russell, B.C. 2015. Family Synodontidae. pp. 541-546 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 2 pp. 1-576. [546] (as Trachinocephalus myops)
Sainsbury, K.J., Kailola, P.J. & Leyland, G.G. 1984. Continental Shelf Fishes of Northern and North-Western Australia. Canberra : Fisheries Information Service 375 pp. figs & pls. [74] (as Trachinocephalus myops)
Whitley, G.P. 1964. A survey of Australian Ichthyology. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 89(1): 11-127 [37] (431, as T. myops hypozona)
Common Name References
Hutchins, J.B. & Swainston, R. 1986. Sea Fishes of Southern Australia. Complete field guide for anglers and divers. Perth : Swainston Publishing 180 pp. [122] (as Trachinocephalus myops) (Painted Grinner)
Hutchins, J.B. & Thompson, M. 1983. The Marine and Estuarine Fishes of South-western Australia. Perth : Western Australian Museum 103 pp. 345 figs. [20] (as Trachinocephalus myops) (Painted Lizardfish)
Randall, J.E., Allen, G.R. & Steene, R. 1990. Fishes of the Great Barrier Reef and Coral Sea. Bathurst : Crawford House Press 507 pp. figs. [51] (as Trachinocephalus myops) (Snakefish)
Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1945] (FAO, as Trachinocephalus myops) (Bluntnose Lizardfish)
Sainsbury, K.J., Kailola, P.J. & Leyland, G.G. 1984. Continental Shelf Fishes of Northern and North-Western Australia. Canberra : Fisheries Information Service 375 pp. figs & pls. [74] (as Trachinocephalus myops) (Painted Saury)
Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (as Trachinocephalus myops) (Painted Grinner)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 15-Dec-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
Subfamily Harpadontinae
Bombay Ducks, Sauries
Compiler and date details
14 December 2016 - Douglass F. Hoese, Barry C. Russell, John R. Paxton, Jennifer E. Gates & Dianne J. Bray
Douglass F. Hoese, John R. Paxton, Jennifer E. Gates & Dianne J. Bray
Introduction
The Harpadontinae comprise two genera and 28 species worldwide (Nelson 2006, Eschmeyer & Fong 2016). In Australian waters both genera and 8 named species are known to occur here. Other species have been recorded based on misidentifications.
Following the work of Sulak (1977) the genus Saurida is included here.
Most bombay ducks and sauries live over soft bottoms in coastal waters and on the continental shelf. Species of Harpadon are also found in estuaries and shallow bays. Maximum length for the family is 71 cm.
Harpadontines have not been revised recently. However, Saurida was revised by Shindo & Yamada (1972) who recognised nine Indo-Pacific species. Most Australian species are treated in Russell (1999), but a number of taxonomic problems exist, and further study is necessary to determine the harpadontine fauna of Australia (see Russell et al. 2015).
General References
Eschmeyer, W.N. & Fong, J.D. 2 August 2016. Species of Fishes by Family/Subfamily in the Catalog of Fishes. http://researcharchive.calacademy.org/research/ichthyology/catalog/SpeciesByFamily.asp
Nelson, J.S. 2006. Fishes of the World. Hoboken, New Jersey : John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 601 pp.
Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068.
Russell, B.C., Golani, D. & Tikochinski, Y. 2015. Saurida lessepsianus a new species of lizardfish (Pisces: Synodontidae) from the Red Sea and Mediterranean Sea, with a key to Saurida species in the Red Sea. Zootaxa 3956(4): 559–568
Shindo, S. & Yamada, Y. 1972. Descriptions of three new species of the lizardfish genus Saurida, with a key to its Indo-Pacific species. 2 parts. UO. Japanese Society of Ichthyologists 11(11 and 12): 1-13 and 1-14 figs 1-17
Sulak, K.J. 1977. The systematics and biology of Bathypterois (Pisces, Chlorophthalmidae) with a revised classification of benthic myctophiform fishes. Galathea Report 14: 49-108 figs 1-32 pls 1-7
Common Name References
Whitley, G.P. 1948. A list of the fishes of Western Australia. Western Australia Fish Department. Fisheries Bulletin 2: 1-35 map [13] (Bombay Ducks)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 14-Dec-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
12-Feb-2010 | (import) |
Genus Harpadon Lesueur, 1825
- Harpadon Lesueur, C.A. 1825. Description of a new fish of the genus Salmo. Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia 5(1): 48-51 pl. [50] [proposed as subgenus of Salmo Linnaeus, 1758].
Type species:
Salmo (Harpadon) microps Lesueur, 1825 by original designation (= Osmerus nehereus Hamilton, 1822).
Miscellaneous Literature Names
- Harpodon [common mispelling of generic name]. —
Saville-Kent, W. 1889. Preliminary observations on a natural history collection made in connection with the surveying cruise of H.M.S. Myrmidon, at Port Darwin and Cambridge Gulf — Sept. to Nov., 1888. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland 6(5): 219-239 pl. 13 [222]
Distribution
States
Northern Territory, Queensland, Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
Indo-west Pacific.
IMCRA
Northern Shelf Province (25), Northwest Shelf Transition (26), Northwest Shelf Province (27), Central Eastern Shelf Transition (39), Northeast Shelf Province (40), Northeast Shelf Transition (41)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 30-May-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
Species Harpadon translucens Saville-Kent, 1889
Glassy Bombay Duck, Bombay Duck, Ghost Grinner, Glassy Bombay-duck
- Harpadon translucens Saville-Kent, W. 1889. Preliminary observations on a natural history collection made in connection with the surveying cruise of H.M.S. Myrmidon, at Port Darwin and Cambridge Gulf — Sept. to Nov., 1888. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland 6(5): 219-239 pl. 13 [222, 234, pl. 13(2)] [as Harpodon translucens].
Type data:
Lectotype AM I.2772, Ord River, Cambridge Gulf, N Australia.
Paralectotype(s) AM I.2773.Subsequent designation references:
Whitley, G.P. 1937. Further ichthyological miscellanea. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 11(2): 113-148 figs 11-13 [121].
Distribution
States
Northern Territory, Queensland, Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
Off Bonaparte Archipelago, WA (124º45´E) to Brisbane, QLD (27º25´S); tropical, New Guinea.
IMCRA
Northern Shelf Province (25), Northwest Shelf Transition (26), Northwest Shelf Province (27), Central Eastern Shelf Transition (39), Northeast Shelf Province (40), Northeast Shelf Transition (41)
Distribution References
- Johnson, J.W. 2010. Fishes of the Moreton Bay Marine Park and adjacent continental shelf waters, Queensland, Australia. pp. 299-353 in Davie, P.J.F. & Phillips, J.A. Proceedings of the Thirteenth International Marine Biological Workshop, The Marine Fauna and Flora of Moreton Bay. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 54(3) [309]
- Larson, H.K., Williams, R.S. & Hammer, M.P. 2013. An annotated checklist of the fishes of the Northern Territory, Australia. Zootaxa 3696(1): 1-293 [45]
Ecological Descriptors
Benthic, coastal, estuary, inshore.
Extra Ecological Information
1–75 m.
General References
Grant, E.M. 2002. Guide to Fishes. Redcliffe : EM Grant Pty Ltd 880 pp. [135]
Hoese, D.F., Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E. & Bray, D.J. 2006. Family Synodontidae, subfamily Harpadontinae. pp. 472-476 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [473]
McCulloch, A.R. 1929. A check-list of the fishes recorded from Australia. Part I. Memoirs of the Australian Museum 5: 1–144 [77]
Munro, I.S.R. 1961. Handbook of Australian fishes. Nos 1–42. Australian Fisheries Newsletter 15–17, 19, 20: 1-172 [published as separates 1956–1961] [37] (261)
Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1936]
Whitley, G.P. 1964. A survey of Australian Ichthyology. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 89(1): 11-127 [37] (423)
Common Name References
Grant, E.M. 1975. Guide to Fishes. Brisbane : Queensland Government, Co-ordinator General’s Department 640 pp. [92] (Glassy Bombay Duck)
Grant, E.M. 2002. Guide to Fishes. Redcliffe : EM Grant Pty Ltd 880 pp. [134] (Ghost Grinner)
Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1936] (FAO) (Glassy Bombay Duck)
Sainsbury, K.J., Kailola, P.J. & Leyland, G.G. 1984. Continental Shelf Fishes of Northern and North-Western Australia. Canberra : Fisheries Information Service 375 pp. figs & pls. [76] (Glassy Bombay-duck)
Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Glassy Bombay Duck)
Whitley, G.P. 1966. Marine Fishes of Australia. Brisbane : Jacaranda Press Vol. 1 pp. 1-142. [33] (Bombay Duck)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 09-Jun-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
Type species:
Salmo tumbil Bloch, 1795 by subsequent designation, see Jordan, D.S., Tanaka, S. & Snyder, J.O. 1913. A catalogue of the fishes of Japan. Journal of the College of Science, Imperial University of Tokyo 33(1): 1-479 figs 1-396 [53] (an earlier type species designation may exist).
Introduction
The genus is currently under study by B. Russell and a number of previous records were misidentifications and distributions given for many species are tentative.
Excluded Taxa
- Misidentifications
SYNODONTIDAE: Saurida elongata (Temminck & Schlegel, 1846) [Australian records from WAM and QM appear to be based on misidentification of other species (B. Russell). Further work is needed to resolve the species identifications. This species has been recorded with CAAB 37118008, Slender Saury in Hoese et al. 2006]
SYNODONTIDAE: Saurida macrolepis Tanaka, 1917 — Russell, B.C., Golani, D. & Tikochinski, Y. 2015. Saurida lessepsianus a new species of lizardfish (Pisces: Synodontidae) from the Red Sea and Mediterranean Sea, with a key to Saurida species in the Red Sea. Zootaxa 3956(4): 559–568 [560] (probably restricted to north-west Pacific)
SYNODONTIDAE: Saurida tumbil (Bloch, 1795) [Australian records as CAAB 37118028, Common Saury were based on misidentifications of other species (B. Russell). The species has been recorded from Australia from Shark Bay, WA to Jervis Bay, NSW in several works (Hoese et al. 2006; McCulloch 1929; Grant 1975, 2002; Munro 1961; Randall et al. 1997; Russell 1999; Whitley 1964 and numerous others) and at present it is not possible to determine which species were actually included in those works.]
SYNODONTIDAE: Saurida wanesio Shindo & Yamada, 1972 [Australian records based on misidentified Saurida filamentosa] — Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1937]
Distribution
States
New South Wales, Northern Territory, Queensland, South Australia, Victoria, Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
Atlantic-Indo-west-central Pacific.
IMCRA
Timor Transition (1), Lord Howe Province (14), Northeast Province (18), Timor Province (2), Cape Province (20), Norfolk Island Province (21), Christmas Island Province (23), Northern Shelf Province (25), Northwest Shelf Transition (26), Northwest Shelf Province (27), Central Western Shelf Transition (28), Central Western Shelf Province (29), Northwest Transition (3), Southwest Shelf Transition (30), Southwest Shelf Province (31), Spencer Gulf Shelf Province (33), Southeast Shelf Transition (37), Central Eastern Shelf Province (38), Central Eastern Shelf Transition (39), Northeast Shelf Province (40), Northeast Shelf Transition (41)
Other Regions
Coral Sea Islands Territory, Territory of Ashmore & Cartier Islands, Torres Strait Islands terrestrial, marine & freshwater
General References
Grant, E.M. 2002. Guide to Fishes. Redcliffe : EM Grant Pty Ltd 880 pp.
Hoese, D.F., Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E. & Bray, D.J. 2006. Family Synodontidae, subfamily Harpadontinae. pp. 472-476 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp.
Inoue, T. & Nakabo, T. 2006. The Saurida undosquamis group (Aulopiformes: Synodontidae), with description of a new species from southern Japan. Ichthyological Research 53(4): 379-397
McCulloch, A.R. 1929. A check-list of the fishes recorded from Australia. Part I. Memoirs of the Australian Museum 5: 1–144
Munro, I.S.R. 1961. Handbook of Australian fishes. Nos 1–42. Australian Fisheries Newsletter 15–17, 19, 20: 1-172 [published as separates 1956–1961]
Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068.
Russell, B.C., Golani, D. & Tikochinski, Y. 2015. Saurida lessepsianus a new species of lizardfish (Pisces: Synodontidae) from the Red Sea and Mediterranean Sea, with a key to Saurida species in the Red Sea. Zootaxa 3956(4): 559–568
Whitley, G.P. 1964. A survey of Australian Ichthyology. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 89(1): 11-127
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
11-Apr-2024 | SYNODONTOIDEI | 11-Apr-2024 | MODIFIED | |
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 13-Nov-2019 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
- Saurida argentea Macleay, W.J. 1881. Descriptive catalogue of the fishes of Australia. Part 4. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 1 6(2): 202-387 [sometimes cited as 1882] [220].
Type data:
Syntype(s) AM I.16271–001, Endeavour River, N QLD. - Saurida micropectoralis Shindo, S. & Yamada, Y. 1972. Descriptions of three new species of the lizardfish genus Saurida, with a key to its Indo-Pacific species. 2 parts. UO. Japanese Society of Ichthyologists 11(11 and 12): 1-13 and 1-14 figs 1-17 [11, fig. 9].
Type data:
Holotype 52503, Prachanbkirikan Province, Gulf of Thailand, South China Sea.
Paratype(s) 54349.
Taxonomic Decision for Synonymy
- Larson, H.K., Williams, R.S. & Hammer, M.P. 2013. An annotated checklist of the fishes of the Northern Territory, Australia. Zootaxa 3696(1): 1-293 [45]
Miscellaneous Literature Names
- Saurida tumbil (Bloch, 1795). —
Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F., Allen, G.R. & Hanley, J.E. (eds) 1989. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Pisces: Petromyzontidae to Carangidae. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 7 665 pp. [243] (in part, considered Saurida tumbil to be a senior synonym of S. argentea)
Introduction
Further studies are needed to determine identity of material identified from Australia as S. micropectoralis and whether that species is a junior synonym of Saurida argentea as suggested by Larson et al. (2013).
Distribution
States
Northern Territory, Queensland, Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
Shark Bay, WA (25°21`S) to Moreton Bay, QLD (27º19'S); tropical, west Pacific.
IMCRA
Northern Shelf Province (25), Northwest Shelf Transition (26), Northwest Shelf Province (27), Central Western Shelf Transition (28), Central Western Shelf Province (29), Central Eastern Shelf Transition (39), Northeast Shelf Province (40), Northeast Shelf Transition (41)
Other Regions
Torres Strait Islands terrestrial, marine & freshwater
Distribution References
- Johnson, J.W. 2010. Fishes of the Moreton Bay Marine Park and adjacent continental shelf waters, Queensland, Australia. pp. 299-353 in Davie, P.J.F. & Phillips, J.A. Proceedings of the Thirteenth International Marine Biological Workshop, The Marine Fauna and Flora of Moreton Bay. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 54(3) [309]
- Larson, H.K., Williams, R.S. & Hammer, M.P. 2013. An annotated checklist of the fishes of the Northern Territory, Australia. Zootaxa 3696(1): 1-293 [45]
Ecological Descriptors
Benthic, continental shelf, inshore, soft bottom.
Extra Ecological Information
1–70 m.
General References
Gloerfelt-Tarp, T. & Kailola, P.J. 1984. Trawled Fishes of Southern Indonesia and Northwest Australia. Jakarta : Dir. Gen. Fish. (Indonesia), German Tech. Coop., Aust. Dev. Ass. Bur. 406 pp. (as S. micropectoralis)
Hoese, D.F., Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E. & Bray, D.J. 2006. Family Synodontidae, subfamily Harpadontinae. pp. 472-476 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [473]
Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F., Allen, G.R. & Hanley, J.E. (eds) 1989. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Pisces: Petromyzontidae to Carangidae. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 7 665 pp. [243] (as a synonym of Saurida tumbil)
Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1937]
Sainsbury, K.J., Kailola, P.J. & Leyland, G.G. 1984. Continental Shelf Fishes of Northern and North-Western Australia. Canberra : Fisheries Information Service 375 pp. figs & pls. [70] (as S. micropectoralis)
Common Name References
Sainsbury, K.J., Kailola, P.J. & Leyland, G.G. 1984. Continental Shelf Fishes of Northern and North-Western Australia. Canberra : Fisheries Information Service 375 pp. figs & pls. [70] (as Saurida micropectoralis) (Short-finned Lizardfish)
Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397–2068. [1937], FAO) (Shortfin Saury)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 05-Aug-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
Species Saurida filamentosa Ogilby, 1910
Threadfin Saury, Filamentous Saury, Thread-fin Grinner, Thread-fin Saury
- Saurida filamentosa Ogilby, J.D. 1910. On some new fishes from the Queensland coast. Endeavour Series No. 1 23: 85-139 [originally intended for publication in Proc. R. Soc. Qld] [88].
Type data:
Syntype(s) AM I.12571, off Cape Moreton, QLD; QM I.1553, off Cape Moreton, QLD.
Miscellaneous Literature Names
- Saurida sp. 1. —
Sainsbury, K.J., Kailola, P.J. & Leyland, G.G. 1984. Continental Shelf Fishes of Northern and North-Western Australia. Canberra : Fisheries Information Service 375 pp. figs & pls. [332]
Russell, B.C. & Houston, W. 1989. Offshore fishes of the Arafura Sea. The Beagle, Records of the Museums and Art Galleries of the Northern Territory 6(1): 69-84 [80] - Saurida wanesio Shindo & Yamada, 1972 [misidentification]. —
Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F., Allen, G.R. & Hanley, J.E. (eds) 1989. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Pisces: Petromyzontidae to Carangidae. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 7 665 pp. [244]
Hoese, D.F., Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E. & Bray, D.J. 2006. Family Synodontidae, subfamily Harpadontinae. pp. 472-476 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [476]
Distribution
States
New South Wales, Northern Territory, Queensland, Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
North of Dampier, WA (19º30'S, 116º46'E) to Eden, NSW (37°04'S) and east of Swains Reefs, Coral Sea; tropical, east-Indo-west Pacific.
IMCRA
Timor Transition (1), Northeast Province (18), Northern Shelf Province (25), Northwest Shelf Transition (26), Northwest Shelf Province (27), Southeast Shelf Transition (37), Central Eastern Shelf Province (38), Central Eastern Shelf Transition (39), Northeast Shelf Province (40), Northeast Shelf Transition (41)
Other Regions
Coral Sea Islands Territory
Distribution References
- Johnson, J.W. 2010. Fishes of the Moreton Bay Marine Park and adjacent continental shelf waters, Queensland, Australia. pp. 299-353 in Davie, P.J.F. & Phillips, J.A. Proceedings of the Thirteenth International Marine Biological Workshop, The Marine Fauna and Flora of Moreton Bay. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 54(3) [309]
- Larson, H.K., Williams, R.S. & Hammer, M.P. 2013. An annotated checklist of the fishes of the Northern Territory, Australia. Zootaxa 3696(1): 1-293 [46]
- Last, P.R., Pogonoski, J.J., Gledhill, D.C. White, W.T. & Walker, C.J. 2014. The deepwater demersal ichthyofauna of the western Coral Sea. Zootaxa 3887 (2): 191–224 [210]
Ecological Descriptors
Benthic, continental shelf, continental slope, inshore, soft bottom.
Extra Ecological Information
110–220 m.
General References
Hoese, D.F., Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E. & Bray, D.J. 2006. Family Synodontidae, subfamily Harpadontinae. pp. 472-476 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [473]
McCulloch, A.R. 1929. A check-list of the fishes recorded from Australia. Part I. Memoirs of the Australian Museum 5: 1–144 [78]
Munro, I.S.R. 1961. Handbook of Australian fishes. Nos 1–42. Australian Fisheries Newsletter 15–17, 19, 20: 1-172 [published as separates 1956–1961] [36] (255)
Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1937]
Whitley, G.P. 1964. A survey of Australian Ichthyology. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 89(1): 11-127 [37] (427)
Common Name References
Grant, E.M. 1975. Guide to Fishes. Brisbane : Queensland Government, Co-ordinator General’s Department 640 pp. [104] (Thread-fin Grinner)
Munro, I.S.R. 1961. Handbook of Australian fishes. Nos 1–42. Australian Fisheries Newsletter 15–17, 19, 20: 1-172 [published as separates 1956–1961] [36] (Thread-fin Saury)
Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1937] (FAO) (Filamentous Saury)
Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Threadfin Saury)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 05-Aug-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
Species Saurida gracilis (Quoy & Gaimard, 1824)
Gracile Saury, Gracile Lizardfish, Slender Grinner, Slender Lizardfish, Slender Saury
- Saurus gracilis Quoy, J.R.C. & Gaimard, J.P. 1824. Chapter 8. Poissons. 183-328 pls 43-65 in Freycinet, L.C.D. de (ed.). Voyage autour du Monde, entrepris par ordre du Roi, exécuté sur les corvettes de S.M. Uranie et la Physicienne, pendant les années 1817, 1818, 1819 et 1820. Paris : Pillet Aîné Vol. 1 712 pp. 96 pls. [224].
Type data:
Syntype(s) MNHP A.7616 (considered holotype by Bertin, L. & Estève, R. 1950. Catalogue des types de poissons du Muséum National d'Histoire Naturelle. 6e partie. Haplomes, Hétéromes, Catostéomes. Imp. Nationale. 1-60 pp., but paratype also included; sometimes incorrectly listed as A.7617), Hawaiian Islands (as Sandwich Islands); MNHP B.1027, Mauritius; MNHP B.1029, Mauritius; MNHP B.2919, Mauritius.
Generic Combinations
- Saurida gracilis (Quoy & Gaimard, 1824). —
Waples, R.S. 1982. A biochemical and morphological review of the lizardfish genus Saurida in Hawaii, with description of a new species. Pacific Science 35(3): 217-235 figs 1-5 [226] (changed combination cited)
Distribution
States
Queensland, Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
Off Exmouth to Rowley Shoals and Scott Reef, WA and Ashmore Reef, Timor Sea and Ashmore Reef, Coral Sea to northern NSW and Herald Cays, Coral Sea; tropical, Indo-west-central Pacific; some Australian records may be based on S. nebulosa.
IMCRA
Lord Howe Province (14), Northeast Province (18), Timor Province (2), Cape Province (20), Norfolk Island Province (21), Christmas Island Province (23), Northwest Shelf Province (27), Northwest Transition (3), Central Eastern Shelf Transition (39), Northeast Shelf Province (40), Northeast Shelf Transition (41)
Other Regions
Coral Sea Islands Territory, Territory of Ashmore & Cartier Islands
Distribution References
- Francis, M. 1993. Checklist of the coastal fishes of Lord Howe, Norfolk, and Kermadec Islands, southwest Pacific Ocean. Pacific Science 47(2): 136-170 figs 1-2 [158]
- Hobbs, J-P.A., Newman, S.J., Mitsopoulos, G.E.A., Travers, M.J., Skepper, C.L., Gilligan, J.J., Allen, G.R., Choat, H.J. & Ayling, A.M. 2014. Checklist and new records of Christmas Island fishes: the influence of isolation, biogeography and habitat availability on species abundance and community composition. Raffles Bulletin of Zoology Supplement 30: 184–202 [192]
- Hutchins, B. 2004. Fishes of the Dampier Archipelago, Western Australia. Records of the Western Australian Museum, Supplement 66: 343–398 [386]
- Hutchins, J.B. 1994. A survey of the nearshore reef fish fauna of Western Australia's west and south coasts — The Leeuwin Province. Records of the Western Australian Museum, Supplement 46: 1-66 figs 1-6 [41]
- Johnson, J.W. 2010. Fishes of the Moreton Bay Marine Park and adjacent continental shelf waters, Queensland, Australia. pp. 299-353 in Davie, P.J.F. & Phillips, J.A. Proceedings of the Thirteenth International Marine Biological Workshop, The Marine Fauna and Flora of Moreton Bay. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 54(3) [309]
- Russell, B.C. 1983. Annotated checklist of the coral reef fishes in the Capricorn-Bunker group, Great Barrier Reef, Australia. Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority. Special Publication Series 1: 1-184 figs 1-2 [25]
Ecological Descriptors
Benthic, inshore, soft bottom.
Extra Ecological Information
1–12 m.
General References
Grant, E.M. 2002. Guide to Fishes. Redcliffe : EM Grant Pty Ltd 880 pp. [132]
Hoese, D.F., Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E. & Bray, D.J. 2006. Family Synodontidae, subfamily Harpadontinae. pp. 472-476 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [474]
Johnson, J.W. 1999. Annotated checklist of the fishes of Moreton Bay, Queensland, Australia. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 43(2): 709-762 [723]
McCulloch, A.R. 1929. A check-list of the fishes recorded from Australia. Part I. Memoirs of the Australian Museum 5: 1–144 [78]
Munro, I.S.R. 1961. Handbook of Australian fishes. Nos 1–42. Australian Fisheries Newsletter 15–17, 19, 20: 1-172 [published as separates 1956–1961] [36] (252)
Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1938]
Whitley, G.P. 1964. A survey of Australian Ichthyology. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 89(1): 11-127 [37] (426)
Common Name References
Allen, G.R. 1997. Marine Fishes of Tropical Australia and South-east Asia. Perth : Western Australian Museum 292 pp. 106 pls. [60] (Slender Grinner)
Kuiter, R.H. 1996. Guide to Sea Fishes of Australia. A comprehensive reference for divers and fishermen. Sydney, NSW, Australia : New Holland Publishers xvii, 434 pp. [38] (Slender Saury)
Randall, J.E., Allen, G.R. & Steene, R. 1990. Fishes of the Great Barrier Reef and Coral Sea. Bathurst : Crawford House Press 507 pp. figs. [49] (Slender Lizardfish)
Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1938] (Gracile Lizardfish)
Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Gracile Saury)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 15-Dec-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
Type data:
Syntype(s) BMNH 1850.7.20.92, Australia; BMNH 1851.2.30.13, Australia; BMNH 1856.9.11.28, Louisiade Archipelago, Papua New Guinea.
Miscellaneous Literature Names
- Saurida undosquamis (Richardson, 1848) [in part, regarded Saurida grandisquamis as a junior synonym of S. undosquamis]. —
Inoue, T. & Nakabo, T. 2006. The Saurida undosquamis group (Aulopiformes: Synodontidae), with description of a new species from southern Japan. Ichthyological Research 53(4): 379-397 [384] - Saurida macrolepis Tanaka, 1917 [misidentification, in part]. —
Inoue, T. & Nakabo, T. 2006. The Saurida undosquamis group (Aulopiformes: Synodontidae), with description of a new species from southern Japan. Ichthyological Research 53(4): 379-397 [389] (Australian material)
Distribution
States
Queensland, South Australia, Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
Off Albany, WA to Moreton Bay, QLD and SA; tropical, subtropical, Indo-west Pacific.
IMCRA
Timor Transition (1), Northern Shelf Province (25), Northwest Shelf Transition (26), Northwest Shelf Province (27), Southwest Shelf Province (31), Spencer Gulf Shelf Province (33), Central Eastern Shelf Transition (39), Northeast Shelf Province (40), Northeast Shelf Transition (41)
Other Regions
Torres Strait Islands terrestrial, marine & freshwater
Distribution References
- Johnson, J.W. 2010. Fishes of the Moreton Bay Marine Park and adjacent continental shelf waters, Queensland, Australia. pp. 299-353 in Davie, P.J.F. & Phillips, J.A. Proceedings of the Thirteenth International Marine Biological Workshop, The Marine Fauna and Flora of Moreton Bay. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 54(3) [309] (as Saurida macrolepis)
- Larson, H.K., Williams, R.S. & Hammer, M.P. 2013. An annotated checklist of the fishes of the Northern Territory, Australia. Zootaxa 3696(1): 1-293 [46]
Ecological Descriptors
Benthic, continental slope, soft bottom.
Extra Ecological Information
To 100 m.
General References
Gomon, M.F., Glover, C.J.M. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds) 1994. The Fishes of Australia's South Coast. Adelaide : State Printer 992 pp. 810 figs. [270] (in part as S. undosquamis from SA)
Inoue, T. & Nakabo, T. 2006. The Saurida undosquamis group (Aulopiformes: Synodontidae), with description of a new species from southern Japan. Ichthyological Research 53(4): 379-397 [389] (as Saurida macrolepis, in part and as Saurida undosquamis)
Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1938]
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 14-Dec-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
Species Saurida longimanus Norman, 1939
Longfin Saury, Long-finned Lizardfish, Longfin Lizardfish
- Saurida longimanus Norman, J.R. 1939. Fishes. Scientific Reports of the John Murray Expedition 7(1): 1-116 figs 1-41 [23, fig. 5].
Type data:
Holotype BMNH 1939.5.24.441 (162 mm specimen), Gulf of Oman.
Paratype(s) BMNH 1939.5.14.440; BMNH 1939.5.24.441-444.
Distribution
States
Northern Territory, Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
NW of Montebello Islands, WA (111º02'E) to Arafura Sea, NT (136º34'E); tropical, Indian.
IMCRA
Timor Transition (1), Timor Province (2), Northern Shelf Province (25), Northwest Shelf Transition (26), Northwest Shelf Province (27)
Distribution References
Ecological Descriptors
Benthic, continental shelf, continental slope, inshore, soft bottom.
Extra Ecological Information
55–280 m.
General References
Hoese, D.F., Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E. & Bray, D.J. 2006. Family Synodontidae, subfamily Harpadontinae. pp. 472-476 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [474]
Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1939]
Common Name References
Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1939] (FAO) (Longfin Lizardfish)
Sainsbury, K.J., Kailola, P.J. & Leyland, G.G. 1984. Continental Shelf Fishes of Northern and North-Western Australia. Canberra : Fisheries Information Service 375 pp. figs & pls. [70] (Long-finned Lizardfish)
Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Longfin Saury)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 06-Jun-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
Species Saurida nebulosa Valenciennes, 1849
Clouded Saury, Blotched Saury, Clouded Lizardfish, Nebulous Lizardfish
- Saurida nebulosa Valenciennes, A. in Cuvier, G.L. & Valenciennes, A. 1849. Histoire Naturelle des Poissons. Paris : Levrault Vol. 22 532 pp. pls 634-650. [504, pl. 648].
Type data:
Lectotype MNHP B.1029 (lectotype also a syntype of Saurus gracilis Quoy & Gaimard, 1824), Mauritius.
Paralectotype(s) MNHP B.1028; MNHP B.1027 (=S. gracilis); MNHP B.2918 (=S. gracilis).Subsequent designation references:
Waples, R.S. 1982. A biochemical and morphological review of the lizardfish genus Saurida in Hawaii, with description of a new species. Pacific Science 35(3): 217-235 figs 1-5.
Distribution
States
New South Wales, Queensland
Extra Distribution Information
Cape York, QLD (10ºS) to Sydney Harbour, NSW; tropical, Indo-west-central Pacific.
IMCRA
Central Eastern Shelf Province (38), Central Eastern Shelf Transition (39), Northeast Shelf Province (40), Northeast Shelf Transition (41)
Ecological Descriptors
Benthic, inshore, soft bottom.
Extra Ecological Information
2–60 m.
General References
Hoese, D.F., Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E. & Bray, D.J. 2006. Family Synodontidae, subfamily Harpadontinae. pp. 472-476 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [474]
Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1939]
Waples, R.S. 1982. A biochemical and morphological review of the lizardfish genus Saurida in Hawaii, with description of a new species. Pacific Science 35(3): 217-235 figs 1-5
Common Name References
Kuiter, R.H. 1993. Coastal Fishes of South-eastern Australia. Bathurst : Crawford House Press 437 pp. [43] (Blotched Saury)
Randall, J.E., Allen, G.R. & Steene, R. 1997. Fishes of the Great Barrier Reef and Coral Sea. Bathurst : Crawford House Press 557 pp. figs. [496] (Nebulous Lizardfish)
Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1939] (FAO) (Clouded Lizardfish)
Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Clouded Saury)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 06-Jun-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
Species Saurida undosquamis (Richardson, 1848)
Largescale Saury, Brushtooth Lizardfish, Checkered Lizardfish, Large Scale Grinner, Large-scaled Grinner, Large-scaled Saury, Saury
- Saurus undosquamis Richardson, J. 1848. Ichthyology. 75-139 pls 42-43 & 44 (parts), 45-52, 53 in Richardson, J. & Gray, J.E. (eds). The Zoology of the Voyage of H.M.S. Erebus and Terror under the Command of Captain Sir James Clark Ross, R.N., F.R.S., during the years 1839–43. London : Smith, Elder & Co. Vol. 2 139 pp. [138, pl. 51(1-6)].
Type data:
Holotype BMNH 1977.4.22.1, coast of north-western Australia.
Generic Combinations
- Saurida undosquamis (Richardson, 1848). —
Shindo, S. & Yamada, Y. 1972. Descriptions of three new species of the lizardfish genus Saurida, with a key to its Indo-Pacific species. 2 parts. UO. Japanese Society of Ichthyologists 11(11 and 12): 1-13 and 1-14 figs 1-17 [6] (changed combination cited)
Miscellaneous Literature Names
- Saurida tumbil (Bloch, 1795). —
McCulloch, A.R. 1929. A check-list of the fishes recorded from Australia. Part I. Memoirs of the Australian Museum 5: 1–144 [77] (in part, in part, considered Saurida undosquamis as a junior synonym of Saurida tumbil)
Introduction
The species, as previously recognised, has been shown to be a composite of several related species (see Russell et al. 2015). The names used here follow Russell (1999). Inoue & Nakabo (2006) suggested a different classification and considered Saurida grandisquamis as a junior synonym of S. undosquamis. Because of the confusion, some distribution records may be in error.
Distribution
States
New South Wales, Northern Territory, Queensland, Victoria, Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
Perth, WA to eastern Vic; tropical, east-Indo-west Pacific.
IMCRA
Timor Province (2), Northern Shelf Province (25), Northwest Shelf Transition (26), Northwest Shelf Province (27), Southeast Shelf Transition (37), Central Eastern Shelf Province (38), Central Eastern Shelf Transition (39), Northeast Shelf Province (40), Northeast Shelf Transition (41)
Distribution References
- Johnson, J.W. 2010. Fishes of the Moreton Bay Marine Park and adjacent continental shelf waters, Queensland, Australia. pp. 299-353 in Davie, P.J.F. & Phillips, J.A. Proceedings of the Thirteenth International Marine Biological Workshop, The Marine Fauna and Flora of Moreton Bay. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 54(3) [310]
- Larson, H.K., Williams, R.S. & Hammer, M.P. 2013. An annotated checklist of the fishes of the Northern Territory, Australia. Zootaxa 3696(1): 1-293 [46]
Ecological Descriptors
Benthic, continental shelf, continental slope, inshore, soft bottom.
Extra Ecological Information
20–350 m.
General References
Grant, E.M. 2002. Guide to Fishes. Redcliffe : EM Grant Pty Ltd 880 pp. [132]
Hoese, D.F., Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E. & Bray, D.J. 2006. Family Synodontidae, subfamily Harpadontinae. pp. 472-476 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [475]
Inoue, T. & Nakabo, T. 2006. The Saurida undosquamis group (Aulopiformes: Synodontidae), with description of a new species from southern Japan. Ichthyological Research 53(4): 379-397
McCulloch, A.R. 1929. A check-list of the fishes recorded from Australia. Part I. Memoirs of the Australian Museum 5: 1–144 [77] (S. tumbil in part, considered Saurida undosquamis as a junior synonym)
Munro, I.S.R. 1961. Handbook of Australian fishes. Nos 1–42. Australian Fisheries Newsletter 15–17, 19, 20: 1-172 [published as separates 1956–1961] [36] (254, in part)
Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1940]
Russell, B.C., Golani, D. & Tikochinski, Y. 2015. Saurida lessepsianus a new species of lizardfish (Pisces: Synodontidae) from the Red Sea and Mediterranean Sea, with a key to Saurida species in the Red Sea. Zootaxa 3956(4): 559–568
Whitley, G.P. 1964. A survey of Australian Ichthyology. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 89(1): 11-127 [37] (425, in part)
Common Name References
Gomon, M.F., Glover, C.J.M. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds) 1994. The Fishes of Australia's South Coast. Adelaide : State Printer 992 pp. 810 figs. [270] (Largescale Saury, Large Scale Grinner, Saury)
Hutchins, J.B. & Swainston, R. 1986. Sea Fishes of Southern Australia. Complete field guide for anglers and divers. Perth : Swainston Publishing 180 pp. [123] (Large-scaled Grinner)
Munro, I.S.R. 1961. Handbook of Australian fishes. Nos 1–42. Australian Fisheries Newsletter 15–17, 19, 20: 1-172 [published as separates 1956–1961] [36] (Large-scaled Saury)
Randall, J.E., Allen, G.R. & Steene, R. 1997. Fishes of the Great Barrier Reef and Coral Sea. Bathurst : Crawford House Press 557 pp. figs. [496] (Brushtooth Lizardfish)
Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1940] (Brushtooth Lizardfish)
Sainsbury, K.J., Kailola, P.J. & Leyland, G.G. 1984. Continental Shelf Fishes of Northern and North-Western Australia. Canberra : Fisheries Information Service 375 pp. figs & pls. [70] (Checkered Lizardfish)
Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Largescale Saury)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 09-Jun-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
- Saurida australis Castelnau, F.L. de 1879. Essay on the ichthyology of Port Jackson. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 1 3(4): 347-402 [393] [previously listed as a synonym of Saurida tumbil by Paxton et al. 1989 [243]].
Type data:
Status unknown, whereabouts unknown, Port Jackson, NSW. - Saurida truculenta Macleay, W.J. 1881. Descriptive catalogue of the fishes of Australia. Part 4. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 1 6(2): 202-387 [sometimes cited as 1882] [219] [previously listed as a synonym of Saurida tumbil by Paxton et al. 1989 [243]].
Type data:
Holotype AM I.16270–001, Port Jackson, NSW. - Saurida ferox Ramsay, E.P. 1883. Description of some new Australian fishes. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 1 8(1): 177-179 [177] [previously listed as a synonym of Saurida tumbil by Paxton et al. 1989 [243]].
Type data:
Holotype AM (McCulloch, A.R. 1929. A check-list of the fishes recorded from Australia. Memoirs of the Australian Museum 5(1): 1–144 listed type as accidentally destroyed; a secondary homonym of Saurus ferox Eydoux & Souleyet, 1847), Port Jackson, NSW.
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
AULOPIFORMES | 05-Aug-2016 | ADDED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
Suborder CHLOROPHTHALMOIDEI
Introduction
Baldwin & Johnson (1996) defined the suborder Chlorophthalmoidei. It contains five families of benthic fishes that occur over soft bottoms on the continental shelf and slope to depths over 2000 m.
General References
Baldwin, C.C. & Johnson, G.D. 1996. Interrelationships of Aulopiformes. pp. 355-404 in Stiassny, M.L.J., Parenti, L.R. & Johnson, G.D. (eds). Interrelationships of Fishes. San Diego : Academic Press 496 pp.
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
12-Feb-2010 | (import) |
Family BATHYSAUROIDIDAE
Pale Deepsea Lizardfish
Compiler and date details
16 July 2016 - Dianne J. Bray & Douglass F. Hoese
Introduction
The family Bathysauroididae contains a single genus and species known from continental shelf waters of the west Pacific (Nelson 2006). Previously Bathysauroides gigas was placed in the Chlorophthalmidae (Nelson 1994) and in the suborder Giganturoidei (Baldwin & Johnson 1996). Sato & Nakabo (2002) recovered Bathysauroides as the basal member of Chlorophthalmoidei, and placed it in its own family. Davis (2010) in an analysis of morphological and molecular characters, concurred with Sato & Nakabo (2002) in retaining Bathysauroides in the family Bathysauroididae, and recovered the group in the suborder Alepisauroidei as sister to the families Giganturidae and Bathysauridae (based on morphological characters). The single species is benthic on the continental slope and attains a maximum size of 29 cm SL.
General References
Baldwin, C.C. & Johnson, G.D. 1996. Interrelationships of Aulopiformes. pp. 355-404 in Stiassny, M.L.J., Parenti, L.R. & Johnson, G.D. (eds). Interrelationships of Fishes. San Diego : Academic Press 496 pp.
Davis, M.P. 2010. Evolutionary relationships of the Aulopiformes (Euteleostei: Cyclosquamata): a molecular and total evidence approach. pp. 431-470 in Nelson, J.S., Schultze, H.-P. & Wilson, M.V.H. Origin and Phylogenetic Interrelationships of Teleosts. München, Germany : Verlag Dr. Friedrich Pfeil 480 pp.
Nelson, J.S. 1994. Fishes of the World. New York : John Wiley & Sons 600 pp.
Nelson, J.S. 2006. Fishes of the World. Hoboken, New Jersey : John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 601 pp.
Sato, T. & Nakabo, T. 2002. Paraulopidae and Paraulopus, a new family and genus of aulopiform fishes with revised relationships within the order. Ichthyological Research 49: 25-46
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 16-Jul-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
12-Feb-2010 | (import) |
- Bathysauroides Baldwin, C.C. & Johnson, G.D. 1996. Interrelationships of Aulopiformes. pp. 355-404 in Stiassny, M.L.J., Parenti, L.R. & Johnson, G.D. (eds). Interrelationships of Fishes. San Diego : Academic Press 496 pp. [358].
Type species:
Bathysaurops gigas Kamohara, 1952 by original designation.
Distribution
States
Queensland, Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
Tropical, north-west Pacific
IMCRA
Northeast Province (18), Northeast Transition (19), Cape Province (20), Northwest Transition (3)
Other Regions
Coral Sea Islands Territory
General References
Sato, T. & Nakabo, T. 2002. Paraulopidae and Paraulopus, a new family and genus of aulopiform fishes with revised relationships within the order. Ichthyological Research 49: 25-46 [44]
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 16-Jul-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
- Bathysaurops gigas Kamohara, T. 1952. Revised descriptions of the offshore bottom-fishes of Prov. Tosa, Shikoku, Japan. Reports of the Kôchi University, Natural Science 3: 1-122 figs 1-100 [14, fig. 11].
Type data:
Holotype BSKU 3852, Mimase, Kochi, Japan.
Generic Combinations
- Bathysauroides gigas (Kamohara, 1952). —
Baldwin, C.C. & Johnson, G.D. 1996. Interrelationships of Aulopiformes. pp. 355-404 in Stiassny, M.L.J., Parenti, L.R. & Johnson, G.D. (eds). Interrelationships of Fishes. San Diego : Academic Press 496 pp. [358] (changed combination as type of genus Bathysauroides)
Distribution
States
Queensland, Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
Off Dampier, WA (19º17´–18º23´S) and off Raine Island (11º35´S) to northwest of Townsville, QLD (17°57'S); tropical, north-west Pacific (Japan).
IMCRA
Northeast Province (18), Northeast Transition (19), Cape Province (20), Northwest Transition (3)
Other Regions
Coral Sea Islands Territory
Ecological Descriptors
Benthic, continental slope.
General References
Davis, M.P. 2010. Evolutionary relationships of the Aulopiformes (Euteleostei: Cyclosquamata): a molecular and total evidence approach. pp. 431-470 in Nelson, J.S., Schultze, H.-P. & Wilson, M.V.H. Origin and Phylogenetic Interrelationships of Teleosts. München, Germany : Verlag Dr. Friedrich Pfeil 480 pp. [435]
Gloerfelt-Tarp, T. & Kailola, P.J. 1984. Trawled Fishes of Southern Indonesia and Northwest Australia. Jakarta : Dir. Gen. Fish. (Indonesia), German Tech. Coop., Aust. Dev. Ass. Bur. 406 pp. (as gen. and sp. nov.)
Paxton, J.R. & Niem, V.H. 1999. Families Aulopidae, Chlorophthalmidae, Ipnopidae, Scopelarchidae, Notosudidae. pp. 1919-1927 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1924]
Shcherbachev, N.P. & Pakhorukov, N.P. 2002. On diagnostic features and distribution of species of mesobenthic genus Bathysauropsis (Aulopiformes, Ipnopidae). Voprosy Ikhtiologii 42(4): 564-566 (as Bathysauropsis gigas)
Somiya, H., Yamakawa, T. & Okiyama, M. 1996. Bathysauropsis gigas, a deep-sea aulopiform fish with a peculiar iris process and a pure-cone retina. Journal of Fish Biology 49: 175–181 (as Bathysauropsis gigas)
Yamakawa, T. 1981. Second record of Bathysauropsis gigas (Kamohara) from Kochi, Japan. The Memoirs of the Faculty of Sciences of the Kochi University Ser. D (Bio1.)(2): 29-32
Common Name References
Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Pale Deepsea Lizardfish)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 16-Jul-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
Family CHLOROPHTHALMIDAE
Greeneyes
Compiler and date details
22 July 2016 - Martin F. Gomon, Dianne J. Bray, Douglass F. Hoese, John R. Paxton & Jennifer E. Gates
8 December 2011 - Dianne J. Bray & Martin F. Gomon
Introduction
Members of the Chlorophthalmidae occur on the outer shelf and slope of all three oceans. Two genera and 19 species are recognised worldwide (Eschmeyer 2011). In Australian waters, five species in one genus have been collected (Gomon et al. 2014). Some are undescribed and some names currently in use will change . In addition, an unidentified species of Parasudis occurs in the tropical waters of Western Australia.
Greeneyes are benthic fishes that inhabit the continental shelf and slope. They have large eyes, a moderate gape with the jaws not extending beyond the eyes, a protruding lower jaw and a moderate to long, usually depressed, snout. Recorded food items include bottom-dwelling invertebrates. Maximum length is about 40 cm.
The chlorophthalmids require a comprehensive revision as well as the redescription of the type specimens of the nominal Indo-Pacific species. Mead (1966) revised the North Atlantic species and Kamohara (1953) reviewed those from Japanese waters. Sato & Nakabo (2002) transferred eight species of Chlorophthalmus into the genus Paraulopus, Family Paraulopidae, and placed Bathysauroides and Bathysauropsis in separate families. Sulak (1977), Johnson (1982), Hartel & Stiassny (1986), Baldwin & Johnson (1996) and Davis (2010) discussed family relationships.
General References
Baldwin, C.C. & Johnson, G.D. 1996. Interrelationships of Aulopiformes. pp. 355-404 in Stiassny, M.L.J., Parenti, L.R. & Johnson, G.D. (eds). Interrelationships of Fishes. San Diego : Academic Press 496 pp.
Davis, M.P. 2010. Evolutionary relationships of the Aulopiformes (Euteleostei: Cyclosquamata): a molecular and total evidence approach. pp. 431-470 in Nelson, J.S., Schultze, H.-P. & Wilson, M.V.H. Origin and Phylogenetic Interrelationships of Teleosts. München, Germany : Verlag Dr. Friedrich Pfeil 480 pp.
Eschmeyer, W.N. 2011. Catalog of Fishes. Online version updated 29 March 2011. http://research.calacademy.org/redirect?url=http://researcharchive.calacademy.org/research/Ichthyology/catalog/fishcatmain.asp
Gomon, M. F., Ward, R.D., Chapple, S. & Hale, J.M. 2014. The use of DNA barcode evidence for inferring species of Chlorophthalmus (Aulopiformes, Chlorophthalmidae) in the Indo-West Pacific. Marine and Freshwater Research 65: 1027–1034
Hartel, K.E. & Stiassny, L.J. 1986. The identification of larval Parasudis (Teleostei, Chlorophthalmidae); with notes on the anatomy and relationships of aulopiform fishes. Breviora. Museum of Comparative Zoology 487: 1-23
Johnson, R.K. 1982. Fishes of the families Evermannellidae and Scopelarchidae: systematics, morphology, interrelationships and zoogeography. Fieldiana Zoology ns 12: 1-252 figs 1-74
Kamohara, T. 1953. A review of the fishes of the family Chlorophthalmidae found in the waters of Japan. Japanese Journal of Ichthyology 3(1): 1-6 figs 1-4
Mead, G.W. 1966. Family Chlorophthalmidae. In, Olsen, Y.H. (ed.) Fishes of the western North Atlantic. Memoir. Sears Foundation of Marine Research 1(5): 162-189 figs 44-47
Sato, T. & Nakabo, T. 2002. Paraulopidae and Paraulopus, a new family and genus of aulopiform fishes with revised relationships within the order. Ichthyological Research 49: 25-46
Sulak, K.J. 1977. The systematics and biology of Bathypterois (Pisces, Chlorophthalmidae) with a revised classification of benthic myctophiform fishes. Galathea Report 14: 49-108 figs 1-32 pls 1-7
Common Name References
Gomon, M.F., Glover, C.J.M. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds) 1994. The Fishes of Australia's South Coast. Adelaide : State Printer 992 pp. 810 figs. [267] (Greeneyes)
Paxton, J.R. & Niem, V.H. 1999. Families Aulopidae, Chlorophthalmidae, Ipnopidae, Scopelarchidae, Notosudidae. pp. 1919-1927 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1921] (FAO) (Greeneyes)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 22-Jul-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
12-Feb-2010 | (import) |
- Chlorophthalmus Bonaparte, C.L.P. 1840. Iconografia della Fauna Italica, per le quattro Classi degli Animali Vertebrati. Pesci. Vol 3 Fasc. 27–29. Roma : Salviucci 135-154 pp., 18 pls. [not seen for publication date Salvatori, T. 1888. Le date della publicazione della "Iconographia della Fauna Italica" del Bonaparte ed Indice delle specie illustrate in detta opera. Bollettino dei Musei di Zoologia ed Anatomia Comparata della Reale Università di Torino 3(48): 1–25 [13]] [144].
Type species:
Chlorophthalmus agassizi Bonaparte, 1840 by monotypy.
Introduction
Using DNA bar coding, Gomon et al. (2014) identified two undescribed species from slope waters of Australia. Many previous records of species were misidentifications. Information presented here is tentative pending publication of a review of the genus from Australia. Several species previously placed in this genus are now placed in other genera in the family Paraulopidae.
Excluded Taxa
- Misidentifications
CHLOROPHTHALMIDAE: Chlorophthalmus agassizi Bonaparte, 1840 [restricted to Atlantic Ocean, Australian records based on misidentified Chlorophthalmus pectoralis and undescribed species] — Gomon, M. F., Ward, R.D., Chapple, S. & Hale, J.M. 2014. The use of DNA barcode evidence for inferring species of Chlorophthalmus (Aulopiformes, Chlorophthalmidae) in the Indo-West Pacific. Marine and Freshwater Research 65: 1027–1034
Distribution
States
New South Wales, Northern Territory, Queensland, Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
Circumglobal.
IMCRA
Timor Transition (1), Central Eastern Province (12), Northeast Province (18), Timor Province (2), Cape Province (20), Northwest Transition (3)
Other Regions
Coral Sea Islands Territory
General References
Gomon, M. F., Ward, R.D., Chapple, S. & Hale, J.M. 2014. The use of DNA barcode evidence for inferring species of Chlorophthalmus (Aulopiformes, Chlorophthalmidae) in the Indo-West Pacific. Marine and Freshwater Research 65: 1027–1034
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 19-Dec-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
- Chlorophthalmus acutifrons Hiyama, Y. 1940. Descriptions of two new species of fish, Raja tobitukai and Chlorophthalmus acutifrons. Japanese Journal of Zoology 9: 169-173 [171, figs 2, 3A].
Type data:
Syntype(s) whereabouts unknown (500 m depth), Kumano-Nada, Japan.
Distribution
States
New South Wales, Queensland, Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
North of Cape Leveque (15°37'S, 120°48'E) to west of Cartier Island (12°32'S, 123°26'E), WA and off Raine Island, QLD (11°35'S, 144°02'E) to east of Cape Hawke, NSW (32°07'S, 153°05'E); tropical, east-Indo-west Pacific (Japan and New Zealand)
IMCRA
Central Eastern Province (12), Northeast Province (18), Timor Province (2), Cape Province (20)
Other Regions
Coral Sea Islands Territory
Distribution References
Ecological Descriptors
Benthic, continental slope.
General References
Gomon, M. F., Ward, R.D., Chapple, S. & Hale, J.M. 2014. The use of DNA barcode evidence for inferring species of Chlorophthalmus (Aulopiformes, Chlorophthalmidae) in the Indo-West Pacific. Marine and Freshwater Research 65: 1027–1034
Common Name References
Gomon, M.F. 2015. Families Chlorophthalmidae, Bathysauropsidae. pp. 547-552 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 2 pp. 1-576. [549] (Humpback Greeneye)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
AULOPIFORMES | 17-Jul-2016 | ADDED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
- Chlorophthalmus acutifrons nigromarginatus Kamohara, T. 1953. A review of the fishes of the family Chlorophthalmidae found in the waters of Japan. Japanese Journal of Ichthyology 3(1): 1-6 figs 1-4 [5, figs 3A, 4].
Type data:
Holotype BSKU 1541, Mimase Market, Kochi, Japan.
Paratype(s) BSKU 1653-59; BSKU 1707-12; BSKU 7218.
Introduction
The genus is currently under study and some early literature records are not reliable for this species (Gomon et al 2014).
Distribution
States
Northern Territory, Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
North of Port Hedland, WA (19°01' S, 117°12'E) to Arafura Sea, NT (9°21'S, 133°12'E); tropical, east-Indo-west Pacific.
IMCRA
Timor Transition (1), Timor Province (2), Northwest Transition (3)
Distribution References
Ecological Descriptors
Benthic, continental slope.
General References
Gomon, M. F., Ward, R.D., Chapple, S. & Hale, J.M. 2014. The use of DNA barcode evidence for inferring species of Chlorophthalmus (Aulopiformes, Chlorophthalmidae) in the Indo-West Pacific. Marine and Freshwater Research 65: 1027–1034
Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E., Bray, D.J. & Hoese, D.F. 2006. Chlorophthalmidae. pp. 479-480 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [480]
Common Name References
Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Blackedge Greeneye)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 19-Dec-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
- Chlorophthalmus pectoralis Okamura, O. & Doi, M. 1984. 120. Chlorophthalmus pectoralis Okamura et Doi, sp. nov. pp. 173-175 in Okamura, O. & Kitajima, T. (eds). Fishes of the Okinawa Trench and Adjacent Waters. I. Tokyo : Japan Fisheries Resource Conservation Association 414 pp. 8 figs 205 pls. [173, pl. 120].
Type data:
Holotype BSKU 30020, off Cape Ashizuri, Tosa Bay, Japan.
Paratype(s) BSKU 33071-33072, Okinawa Trough.
Miscellaneous Literature Names
- Chlorophthalmus agassizi Bonaparte, 1840 [misidentification, in part]. —
Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E., Bray, D.J. & Hoese, D.F. 2006. Chlorophthalmidae. pp. 479-480 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [480]
Distribution
States
Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
North of Port Hedland (18°23'S, 117°41'E) to south of Scott Reef (14°17'S, 122°03'E); tropical, east-Indo-west Pacific
IMCRA
Timor Province (2), Northwest Transition (3)
Ecological Descriptors
Benthic, continental shelf.
General References
Gomon, M.F. 2015. Families Chlorophthalmidae, Bathysauropsidae. pp. 547-552 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 2 pp. 1-576. [550]
Gomon, M. F., Ward, R.D., Chapple, S. & Hale, J.M. 2014. The use of DNA barcode evidence for inferring species of Chlorophthalmus (Aulopiformes, Chlorophthalmidae) in the Indo-West Pacific. Marine and Freshwater Research 65: 1027–1034
Common Name References
Gomon, M.F. 2015. Families Chlorophthalmidae, Bathysauropsidae. pp. 547-552 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 2 pp. 1-576. [550] (Bigeye Greeneye)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
AULOPIFORMES | 17-Jul-2016 | ADDED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
Family BATHYSAUROPSIDAE
Black Deepsea Lizardfishes, Largescale Deep Sea Lizardfishes
Compiler and date details
28 May 2016 - Dianne J. Bray & Douglass F. Hoese
Introduction
The family Bathysauropsidae comprises a single genus and two species, with one species found in Australian waters. Sulak (1977) placed the genus Bathysauropsis in the family Chlorophthalmidae, whereas Hartel & Stiassney (1986) placed it in the family Ipnopidae. Baldwin & Johnson (1996) suggested that Bathysauropsis was distinctive from other Aulopiform fishes, and placed the genus in the Giganturoidei. Sato & Nakabo (2002) elevated Bathysauropsis to familial status within the Chlorophthalmoidei. Davis (2010) in an analysis of morphological and molecular characters, concurred with Sato & Nakabo (2002) in retaining Bathysauropsis in the family Bathysauropsidae, and recovered the genus as the sister group to the family Ipnopidae (based on morphological characters). Shcherbachev & Pakhorukov (2002) revised the species.
Bathysauropsis is benthic in depths of 800 to 3000 m. Maximum size is 32 cm.
General References
Baldwin, C.C. & Johnson, G.D. 1996. Interrelationships of Aulopiformes. pp. 355-404 in Stiassny, M.L.J., Parenti, L.R. & Johnson, G.D. (eds). Interrelationships of Fishes. San Diego : Academic Press 496 pp.
Davis, M.P. 2010. Evolutionary relationships of the Aulopiformes (Euteleostei: Cyclosquamata): a molecular and total evidence approach. pp. 431-470 in Nelson, J.S., Schultze, H.-P. & Wilson, M.V.H. Origin and Phylogenetic Interrelationships of Teleosts. München, Germany : Verlag Dr. Friedrich Pfeil 480 pp.
Hartel, K.E. & Stiassny, L.J. 1986. The identification of larval Parasudis (Teleostei, Chlorophthalmidae); with notes on the anatomy and relationships of aulopiform fishes. Breviora. Museum of Comparative Zoology 487: 1-23
Sato, T. & Nakabo, T. 2002. Paraulopidae and Paraulopus, a new family and genus of aulopiform fishes with revised relationships within the order. Ichthyological Research 49: 25-46
Shcherbachev, N.P. & Pakhorukov, N.P. 2002. On diagnostic features and distribution of species of mesobenthic genus Bathysauropsis (Aulopiformes, Ipnopidae). Voprosy Ikhtiologii 42(4): 564-566
Sulak, K.J. 1977. The systematics and biology of Bathypterois (Pisces, Chlorophthalmidae) with a revised classification of benthic myctophiform fishes. Galathea Report 14: 49-108 figs 1-32 pls 1-7
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 15-Dec-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
12-Feb-2010 | (import) |
- Bathysauropsis Regan, C.T. 1911. The anatomy and classification of the teleostean fishes of the order Iniomi. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 8 7(13): 120-133 figs 1-27 [127].
Type species:
Chlorophthalmus gracilis Günther, 1878 by monotypy.
Distribution
States
New South Wales, South Australia, Tasmania, Victoria, Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
Southern circumglobal.
IMCRA
Tasmania Province (10), Southeast Transition (11), Central Eastern Province (12), Lord Howe Province (14), Norfolk Island Province (21), West Tasmania Transition (9)
General References
Shcherbachev, N.P. & Pakhorukov, N.P. 2002. On diagnostic features and distribution of species of mesobenthic genus Bathysauropsis (Aulopiformes, Ipnopidae). Voprosy Ikhtiologii 42(4): 564-566
Sulak, K.J. 1977. The systematics and biology of Bathypterois (Pisces, Chlorophthalmidae) with a revised classification of benthic myctophiform fishes. Galathea Report 14: 49-108 figs 1-32 pls 1-7 [53]
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 20-Jul-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
Species Bathysauropsis gracilis (Günther, 1878)
Black Deepsea Lizardfish, Black Lizardfish
- Chlorophthalmus gracilis Günther, A. 1878. Preliminary notices of deep-sea fishes collected during the voyage of H.M.S. Challenger. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 5 2(2, 22, 28): 17-28, 179-187, 248-251 [182].
Type data:
Syntype(s) BMNH 1887.12.7.208, off eastern coast of New Zealand; BMNH 1890.2.26.171, off Juan Fernández Islands, middle of South Atlantic, 1100, depth 1375 and 1425 fathoms; BMNH 1887.12.7.209, off Juan Fernández Islands, middle of South Atlantic, 1100, depth 1375 and 1425 fathoms; BMNH 1887.12.7.210, off Juan Fernández Islands, middle of South Atlantic, 1100, depth 1375 and 1425 fathoms.
Generic Combinations
- Bathysauropsis gracilis (Günther, 1878). —
Regan, C.T. 1911. The anatomy and classification of the teleostean fishes of the order Iniomi. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 8 7(13): 120-133 figs 1-27 [126] (changed combination with description of genus Bathysauropsis)
Distribution
States
New South Wales, South Australia, Tasmania, Victoria
Extra Distribution Information
Off Sydney, NSW (33º54´S), to off Robe, SA (139º20´S) and south of TAS (44°20'S), also Lord Howe Rise and Norfolk Ridge, Tasman Sea; temperate, southern circumglobal.
IMCRA
Tasmania Province (10), Southeast Transition (11), Central Eastern Province (12), Lord Howe Province (14), Norfolk Island Province (21), West Tasmania Transition (9)
Ecological Descriptors
Benthic, continental rise, continental slope.
Extra Ecological Information
300-2835 m
General References
Gomon, M.F. 2015. Families Chlorophthalmidae, Bathysauropsidae. pp. 547-552 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 2 pp. 1-576. [552]
Hoese, D.F. 2006. Bathysauropsidae. p. 481 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [481]
Paulin, C., Stewart, A., Roberts, C. & McMillan, P. 1989. New Zealand fish: a complete guide. National Museum of New Zealand Miscellaneous Series 19: 1-279 [105]
Shcherbachev, N.P. & Pakhorukov, N.P. 2002. On diagnostic features and distribution of species of mesobenthic genus Bathysauropsis (Aulopiformes, Ipnopidae). Voprosy Ikhtiologii 42(4): 564-566 [564] (p. 491 in English translation)
Somiya, H., Yamakawa, T. & Okiyama, M. 1996. Bathysauropsis gigas, a deep-sea aulopiform fish with a peculiar iris process and a pure-cone retina. Journal of Fish Biology 49: 175–181
Sulak, K.J. 1986. Family No. 76: Chlorophthalmidae. pp. 261-265 in Smith, M.M. & Heemstra, P.C. (eds). Smith's Sea Fishes. Johannesburg : Macmillan South Africa xx + 1047 pp. 144 pls. [264]
Trunov, I.A. 1999. New data on species of fish from subantarctic and Antarctic waters of the Atlantic Ocean. Journal of Ichthyology 39(7): 488-497 [English translation] [463]
Common Name References
Fishbase 2004. Fishbase at. http://www.fishbase.org/Summary. (Fishbase, New Zealand) (Black Lizardfish)
Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Black Deepsea Lizardfish)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 20-Jul-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
Family NOTOSUDIDAE
Paperbones, Waryfishes, Wearyfishes
Compiler and date details
20 July 2016 - John R. Paxton, Dianne, J. Bray, Jennifer E. Gates & Douglass F. Hoese
Introduction
The Notosudidae were reviewed by Marshall (1966) and were revised comprehensively by Bertelsen et al. (1976), who recognised 19 species in three genera. In Australia, eight species in two genera have been recorded.
Paperbones or wearyfishes occur in all oceans and, as larvae, are found near the surface. Early juveniles, later juveniles and some adults are mesopelagic; other adults are benthopelagic over slope waters down to 2000 m. Prey items include small and large crustaceans, and for the largest animals, fishes. They are slender, scaled fishes with short dorsal and anal-fin bases and relatively small teeth. The largest of the relatively few adults captured exceeds 50 cm standard length.
General References
Bertelsen, E., Krefft, G. & Marshall, N.B. 1976. The fishes of the family Notosudidae. Dana Reports 86: 1-115 figs 1-67 pl. 1
Marshall, N.B. 1966. Family Scopelosauridae. In, Olsen, Y.H. (ed.) Fishes of the western North Atlantic. Memoir. Sears Foundation of Marine Research 1(5): 194-204 figs 50-54
Common Name References
Gomon, M.F., Glover, C.J.M. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds) 1994. The Fishes of Australia's South Coast. Adelaide : State Printer 992 pp. 810 figs. [265] (Paperbones, Wearyfishes)
Paxton, J.R. & Niem, V.H. 1999. Families Aulopidae, Chlorophthalmidae, Ipnopidae, Scopelarchidae, Notosudidae. pp. 1919-1927 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1927] (FAO) (Waryfishes)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 20-Jul-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
12-Feb-2010 | (import) |
- Luciosudis Fraser-Brunner, A. 1931. Some interesting West African fishes, with descriptions of a new genus and two new species. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 10 8(28): 217-225 figs 1-4 [220].
Type species:
Luciosudis normani Fraser-Brunner, 1931 by monotypy.
Distribution
States
New South Wales, Tasmania, Victoria
Extra Distribution Information
As for only known species: southern circumglobal (excluding central and east Pacific)
IMCRA
Tasmania Province (10), Southeast Transition (11), Central Eastern Province (12), Norfolk Island Province (21)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 19-Jul-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
- Luciosudis normani Fraser-Brunner, A. 1931. Some interesting West African fishes, with descriptions of a new genus and two new species. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 10 8(28): 217-225 figs 1-4 [220, fig. 2].
Type data:
Holotype BMNH 1931.2.27.5, off west Africa [11°05´S, 3°20´E].
Distribution
States
New South Wales, Tasmania, Victoria
Extra Distribution Information
Off Tuggerah Lake, NSW (33º18´S) to off south-eastern TAS (44º01´S) and Norfolk Ridge, south of Norfolk Island, also known from the Kerguelen Islands and likely to occur at Heard Island and McDonald Islands and Macquarie Island; temperate, southern circumglobal (excluding central and east Pacific).
IMCRA
Tasmania Province (10), Southeast Transition (11), Central Eastern Province (12), Norfolk Island Province (21)
Ecological Descriptors
Mesopelagic.
General References
Bertelsen, E., Krefft, G. & Marshall, N.B. 1976. The fishes of the family Notosudidae. Dana Reports 86: 1-115 figs 1-67 pl. 1
Paxton, J.R. & Gates, J.E. 2006. Notosudidae. pp. 482-483 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [482]
Stewart, A.L. 2015. Family Notosudidae. pp. 553-574 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 2 pp. 1-576. [556]
Common Name References
Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Norman's Waryfish)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 18-Jul-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
- Scopelosaurus Bleeker, P. 1860. Elfde bijdrage tot de kennis der vischfauna van Amboina. Acta Societatis Scientiarum Indo-Neerlandicae 8: 1-14 [12].
Type species:
Scopelosaurus hoedti Bleeker, 1860 by monotypy.
Distribution
States
New South Wales, Queensland, South Australia, Tasmania, Victoria, Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
Circumglobal.
IMCRA
Tasmania Province (10), Southeast Transition (11), Central Eastern Province (12), Northeast Province (18), Northeast Transition (19), Cape Province (20), Macquarie Island Province (24), Northwest Province (4), Central Western Transition (5), Central Western Province (6), Southwest Transition (7), Southern Province (8), West Tasmania Transition (9)
Other Regions
Coral Sea Islands Territory
General References
Bertelsen, E., Krefft, G. & Marshall, N.B. 1976. The fishes of the family Notosudidae. Dana Reports 86: 1-115 figs 1-67 pl. 1
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 19-Jul-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
Species Scopelosaurus ahlstromi Bertelsen, Krefft & Marshall, 1976
Ahlstrom's Waryfish
- Scopelosaurus ahlstromi Bertelsen, E., Krefft, G. & Marshall, N.B. 1976. The fishes of the family Notosudidae. Dana Reports 86: 1-115 figs 1-67 pl. 1 [37, fig. 24, pl. 1(4)].
Type data:
Holotype ISH 772-1971, South Atlantic [40°S, 30°35´W].
Paratype(s) ISH 528-1971; ISH 559-1971; ISH 651-1971; ISH 669-1971; ISH 702-1971; ISH 732-1971; ISH 757-1971; ISH 887-1971; ISH 1340-197; ISH 1433-1971; VNIRO.
Distribution
States
New South Wales, South Australia, Tasmania, Victoria, Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
Off Tuggerah Lake, NSW (33º17´S) to south of Albany, WA and off Lord Howe Island; temperate, southern circumglobal (except central and east Pacific).
IMCRA
Tasmania Province (10), Southeast Transition (11), Central Eastern Province (12), Southern Province (8)
Ecological Descriptors
Mesopelagic.
General References
Gomon, M.F. 2008. Families Notosudidae, Evermannellidae. pp. 262-264 in Gomon, M.F., Bray, D.J. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds). Fishes of Australia's Southern Coast. Sydney : Reed New Holland 928 pp. [263]
Krefft, G. 1986. Family No. 78. Notosudidae. pp. 268-270 in Smith, M.M. & Heemstra, P.C. (eds). Smith's Sea Fishes. Johannesburg : Macmillan South Africa xx + 1047 pp. 144 pls. [269]
Paxton, J.R. & Gates, J.E. 2006. Notosudidae. pp. 482-483 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [483]
Stewart, A.L. 2015. Family Notosudidae. pp. 553-574 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 2 pp. 1-576. [557]
Common Name References
Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Ahlstrom's Waryfish)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 19-Jul-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
- Notosudis hamiltoni Waite, E.R. 1916. Fishes. Scientific Reports of the Australasian Antarctic Research Expedition, 1911-1914 C 3(1): 1-92 figs 1-16 pls 1-5 [57, fig. 12].
Type data:
Holotype SAMA F.382, Macquarie Island [54°45´S, 159°05´E].
Generic Combinations
- Scopelosaurus hamiltoni (Waite, 1916). —
Bertelsen, E., Krefft, G. & Marshall, N.B. 1976. The fishes of the family Notosudidae. Dana Reports 86: 1-115 figs 1-67 pl. 1 [87] (changed combination cited and recognised Notosudis as a junior synonym of Scopelosaurus)
Distribution
States
New South Wales, Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
Off Sydney (33º53´S) to off Kiama (34º40´S), NSW and south-west of of Cape Leeuwin, WA (34º51´S, 114º23´S); temperate, southern circumglobal (except east Pacific).
IMCRA
Central Eastern Province (12), Macquarie Island Province (24), Southwest Transition (7)
Ecological Descriptors
Bathypelagic, mesopelagic.
General References
Bertelsen, E., Krefft, G. & Marshall, N.B. 1976. The fishes of the family Notosudidae. Dana Reports 86: 1-115 figs 1-67 pl. 1
Paxton, J.R. & Gates, J.E. 2006. Notosudidae. pp. 482-483 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [483]
Common Name References
Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Smallscale Waryfish)
Stewart, A.L. 2015. Family Notosudidae. pp. 553-574 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 2 pp. 1-576. [559] (Giant Waryfish)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 19-Jul-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
- Scopelosaurus herwigi Bertelsen, E., Krefft, G. & Marshall, N.B. 1976. The fishes of the family Notosudidae. Dana Reports 86: 1-115 figs 1-67 pl. 1 [40, fig. 26].
Type data:
Holotype ISH 843-1966, off BrazIl, south-west Atlantic [27°57'S, 40°52'W].
Paratype(s) ISH 464-1971; ISH 800-1966; MCZ 52648.
Distribution
Extra Distribution Information
Off south-eastern TAS (42°38'S, 149°35'E); temperate, south Atlantic-Indo-west Pacific (east to New Zealand)
IMCRA
Tasmania Province (10)
Ecological Descriptors
Mesopelagic.
Extra Ecological Information
To 1250 m
General References
Krefft, G. 1986. Family No. 78. Notosudidae. pp. 268-270 in Smith, M.M. & Heemstra, P.C. (eds). Smith's Sea Fishes. Johannesburg : Macmillan South Africa xx + 1047 pp. 144 pls. [269]
Common Name References
Stewart, A.L. 2015. Family Notosudidae. pp. 553-574 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 2 pp. 1-576. [560] (Herwig's Waryfish)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
AULOPIFORMES | 18-Jul-2016 | ADDED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
- Scopelosaurus hoedti Bleeker, P. 1860. Elfde bijdrage tot de kennis der vischfauna van Amboina. Acta Societatis Scientiarum Indo-Neerlandicae 8: 1-14 [13].
Type data:
Holotype RMNH 6934, off Ambon (as Amboina), Indonesia.
Distribution
States
New South Wales
Extra Distribution Information
East of Osprey Reef, Coral Sea (13º34'S) and Cairns Seamount (6°28'S, 147°13'E) and off northern NSW (32ºS); tropical, Indo-west-central Pacific.
IMCRA
Central Eastern Province (12), Northeast Transition (19)
Other Regions
Coral Sea Islands Territory
Ecological Descriptors
Mesopelagic.
General References
Bertelsen, E., Krefft, G. & Marshall, N.B. 1976. The fishes of the family Notosudidae. Dana Reports 86: 1-115 figs 1-67 pl. 1
Paxton, J.R. & Gates, J.E. 2006. Notosudidae. pp. 482-483 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [483]
Common Name References
Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Hoedt's Waryfish)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 19-Jul-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
- Scopelosaurus mauli Bertelsen, E., Krefft, G. & Marshall, N.B. 1976. The fishes of the family Notosudidae. Dana Reports 86: 1-115 figs 1-67 pl. 1 [57, fig. 37].
Type data:
Holotype USNM 211286, off Bermuda, North Atlantic [32°11´N, 64°10´W].
Paratype(s) USNM 209219; USNM 211287-89; USNM 211692.
Distribution
States
New South Wales, Queensland
Extra Distribution Information
North of Osprey Reef, Coral Sea (12º23'S, 146º30'E) and off east of Newcastle, NSW (33º01´S); tropical, Atlantic Indo-west Pacific.
IMCRA
Central Eastern Province (12), Cape Province (20)
Ecological Descriptors
Mesopelagic.
General References
Paxton, J.R. & Gates, J.E. 2006. Notosudidae. pp. 482-483 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [483]
Common Name References
Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Maul's Waryfish)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 19-Jul-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
Species Scopelosaurus meadi Bertelsen, Krefft & Marshall, 1976
Blackring Waryfish, Mead's Lizardfish, Meads Wearyfish
- Scopelosaurus meadi Bertelsen, E., Krefft, G. & Marshall, N.B. 1976. The fishes of the family Notosudidae. Dana Reports 86: 1-115 figs 1-67 pl. 1 [64, fig. 43, pl. 1(6)].
Type data:
Holotype ISH 667-1971, South Atlantic [40°18´S, 39°12´W].
Paratype(s) BMNH uncatalogued; ISH 1556-1968; ISH 527-1971; ISH 650-1971; ISH 1487-1971; LACM 11235-1; VNIRO uncatalogued; ZMUC uncatalogued.
Distribution
States
New South Wales, Tasmania, Victoria
Extra Distribution Information
Off Sydney, NSW (33º53´S) to off south-western TAS (43º50´S); temperate, southern circumglobal (except central and east Pacific).
IMCRA
Tasmania Province (10), Southeast Transition (11), Central Eastern Province (12)
Ecological Descriptors
Bathypelagic, mesopelagic.
General References
Bertelsen, E., Krefft, G. & Marshall, N.B. 1976. The fishes of the family Notosudidae. Dana Reports 86: 1-115 figs 1-67 pl. 1
Gomon, M.F. 1994. Families Notosudidae, Omosudidae. pp. 265-267 figs 237-238 in Gomon, M.F., Glover, C.J.M. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds). The Fishes of Australia's South Coast. Adelaide : State Printer 992 pp. 810 figs. [266]
Gomon, M.F. 2008. Families Notosudidae, Evermannellidae. pp. 262-264 in Gomon, M.F., Bray, D.J. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds). Fishes of Australia's Southern Coast. Sydney : Reed New Holland 928 pp. [263]
Paxton, J.R. & Gates, J.E. 2006. Notosudidae. pp. 482-483 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [483]
Stewart, A.L. 2015. Family Notosudidae. pp. 553-574 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 2 pp. 1-576. [561]
Common Name References
Gomon, M.F., Glover, C.J.M. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds) 1994. The Fishes of Australia's South Coast. Adelaide : State Printer 992 pp. 810 figs. [265] (Mead's Lizardfish, Meads Wearyfish)
Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Blackring Waryfish)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 19-Jul-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
Species Scopelosaurus smithii Bean, 1925
- Scopelosaurus smithii Bean, B.A. 1925. Description of a new species of luminous lizard fish, Scopelosaurus smithii, from off the coast of Brazil. Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 38: 13-14 [13].
Type data:
Holotype 86676, Off the coast of Brazil.
Distribution
States
Queensland, Tasmania, Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
Off Exmouth Plateau, WA (20°16'S, 113°13'E), Queensland Plateau, Coral Sea, QLD (16°55 S, 151°34 E) and southern TAS (43°52'S, 148°05'E), tropical, temperate, southern circumglobal (except for Eastern Pacific)
IMCRA
Tasmania Province (10), Northeast Province (18), Northwest Province (4)
Other Regions
Coral Sea Islands Territory
Distribution References
Ecological Descriptors
Mesopelagic.
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
AULOPIFORMES | 18-Jul-2016 | ADDED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
Family IPNOPIDAE
Spiderfishes, Tripod Fishes
Compiler and date details
15 December 2016 - John R. Paxton, Jennifer E. Gates, Dianne J. Bray & Douglass F. Hoese
John R. Paxton, Jennifer E. Gates & Dianne J. Bray
Introduction
The Ipnopidae with some 29 species in five genera occur in slope and abyssal waters of all oceans (Merrett & Nielsen 1987; Nelson 2006). Ten species in three genera occur in Australian waters. Bathypterois oddi has been recorded from New Zealand and southern Australia (Gomon 2015), but from over 4000 m, outside the Australian region. The work of Baldwin & Johnson (1996) is followed here in recognising the group at the familial level. Some workers include Bathysauropsis in this family, but it is now placed in its own family.
Ipnopids are benthic predators. They have tiny or rudimentary eyes or lensless plates, a depressed head and usually some of the fin rays are thickened and elongate. Some of these deepsea fishes are known to use their extraordinarily elongate pelvic fins and the tail fin to prop themselves up off the bottom to seek prey, predominantly crustaceans, in the current-borne plankton. Maximum length is about 36 cm.
The tripod fishes and relatives have not been comprehensively revised recently. Nielsen (1966) revised Ipnops and related genera, and Sulak (1977) revised Bathypterois and discussed relationships. Shcherbachev (1980) reviewed the species from the Indian Ocean.
General References
Baldwin, C.C. & Johnson, G.D. 1996. Interrelationships of Aulopiformes. pp. 355-404 in Stiassny, M.L.J., Parenti, L.R. & Johnson, G.D. (eds). Interrelationships of Fishes. San Diego : Academic Press 496 pp.
Gomon, M.F. 2015. Family Ipnopidae. pp. 562-565 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 2 pp. 1-576.
Merrett, N.R. & Nielsen, J.G. 1989. A new genus and species of the family Ipnopidae (Pisces, Teleostei) from the eastern North Atlantic, with notes on its ecology. Journal of Fish Biology 31: 451-464
Nelson, J.S. 2006. Fishes of the World. Hoboken, New Jersey : John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 601 pp.
Nielsen, J.G. 1966. Synopsis of the Ipnopidae (Pisces, Iniomi) with description of two new abyssal species. Galathea Report 8: 49-75 figs 1-15 pls xiv-xvi
Shcherbachev, Y.N. 1980. Preliminary review of the Indian Ocean species of the Chlorophthalmidae (Myctophiformes, Osteichthyes). pp. 47-67 in Parin, N.V. (ed.). Fishes of the Open Ocean. Moscow : Academy of Sciences 120 pp. [in Russian]
Sulak, K.J. 1977. The systematics and biology of Bathypterois (Pisces, Chlorophthalmidae) with a revised classification of benthic myctophiform fishes. Galathea Report 14: 49-108 figs 1-32 pls 1-7
Common Name References
Paxton, J.R. & Niem, V.H. 1999. Families Aulopidae, Chlorophthalmidae, Ipnopidae, Scopelarchidae, Notosudidae. pp. 1919-1927 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1923] (FAO) (Tripod Fishes)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 19-Dec-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
12-Feb-2010 | (import) |
- Bathypterois Günther, A. 1878. Preliminary notices of deep-sea fishes collected during the voyage of H.M.S. Challenger. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 5 2(2, 22, 28): 17-28, 179-187, 248-251 [183].
Type species:
Bathypterois longifilis Günther, 1878 by subsequent designation, see Jordan, D.S. 1919. The genera of fishes. Part 3. Stanford University Publications, University Series 39: 285-410 [395].
Distribution
States
New South Wales, Queensland, South Australia, Tasmania, Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
Circumglobal.
IMCRA
Southeast Transition (11), Central Eastern Province (12), Lord Howe Province (14), Northeast Province (18), Timor Province (2), Norfolk Island Province (21), Northwest Transition (3), Northwest Province (4), Central Western Transition (5), Central Western Province (6), Southern Province (8)
Other Regions
Coral Sea Islands Territory
General References
Davis, M.P. & Chakrabarty, P. 2011. Tripodfish locomotion and landing behavior (Aulopiformes: Bathypterois) from video observations at bathypelagic depths in the campos basin of Brazil. Marine Biology Research 7(3): 297-303
Sulak, K.J. 1977. The systematics and biology of Bathypterois (Pisces, Chlorophthalmidae) with a revised classification of benthic myctophiform fishes. Galathea Report 14: 49-108 figs 1-32 pls 1-7
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 30-Jul-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
Species Bathypterois andriashevi Sulak & Shcherbachev, 1988
- Bathypteroi andriashevi Sulak, K.J. & Shcherbachev, Y.N. 1988. A new species of tripodfish, Bathypterois (Bathycygnus) andriashevi (Chlorophthalmidae), from the western South Pacific Ocean. Copeia 1988(3): 653-659 [654, figs 1-3].
Type data:
Holotype ZIL 47492, south of New Caledonia [24°08'S, 167°29'E].
Paratype(s) USNM 287844; ZIL 48000.
Distribution
Extra Distribution Information
Off Lihou Reef (16°55'S, 151°34'E) and Marion Plateau (18°59'S, 150°32'E), Coral Sea, QLD; subtropical, south-west Pacific
IMCRA
Northeast Province (18)
Other Regions
Coral Sea Islands Territory
Distribution References
- Fricke, R., Kulbicki, M. & Wantiez, L. 2011. Checklist of the fishes of New Caledonia, and their distribution in the Southwest Pacific Ocean (Pisces). Stuttgarter Beiträge zur Naturkunde. Serie A (Biologie) Neue Serie 4: 341-463 [359]
- Last, P.R., Pogonoski, J.J., Gledhill, D.C. White, W.T. & Walker, C.J. 2014. The deepwater demersal ichthyofauna of the western Coral Sea. Zootaxa 3887 (2): 191–224 [211]
Ecological Descriptors
Benthic, continental slope.
Extra Ecological Information
879-886 m in Coral Sea
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
AULOPIFORMES | 20-Jul-2016 | ADDED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
Species Bathypterois filiferus Gilchrist, 1906
- Bathypterois filiferus Gilchrist, J.D.F. 1906. Descriptions of fifteen new South African fishes with notes on other species. Marine Investigations in South Africa 4: 143-171 pls 37-51 [166, pl. 48].
Type data:
Syntype(s) SAMC 12664, Off Cape Point, South Africa.
Distribution
States
New South Wales, South Australia
Extra Distribution Information
Great Australian Bight, SA (35°45'S, 134°07'E), Lord Howe Rise north of Lord Howe Island (28°30'S, 161°16'E) and Norfolk Ridge, north of Norfolk Island based on specimens in CSIRO and AM; Atlantic
IMCRA
Lord Howe Province (14), Norfolk Island Province (21), Southern Province (8)
Ecological Descriptors
Benthic, continental rise.
Extra Ecological Information
1530-2800 m
General References
Sulak, K. 1986. Family No. 76: Chlorophthalmidae. pp. 261-265 in Smith, M.M. & Heemstra, P.C. (eds). Smith's Sea Fishes. Johannesburg : Macmillan South Africa xx + 1047 pp. 144 pls. [262]
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
AULOPIFORMES | 15-Dec-2016 | ADDED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
- Benthosaurus grallator Goode, G.B. & Bean, T.H. 1886. Reports on the results of dredging under the supervision of Alexander Agassiz, in the Gulf of Mexico (1877–78) and in the Caribbean Sea (1879–80), by the U.S. Coast Survey Steamer Blake, Lieut. Commander C.D. Sigsbee, U.S.N., and Commander J.R. Bartlett, U.S.N., commanding. 28. Description of thirteen species and two genera of fishes from the Blake collection. Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard 12(5): 153-170 [168].
Type data:
Syntype(s) MCZ 27924, Gulf of Mexico, off northern Florida and off New Jersey; USNM, Gulf of Mexico, off northern Florida and off New Jersey.
Generic Combinations
- Bathypterois grallator (Goode & Bean, 1886). —
Sulak, K.J. 1977. The systematics and biology of Bathypterois (Pisces, Chlorophthalmidae) with a revised classification of benthic myctophiform fishes. Galathea Report 14: 49-108 figs 1-32 pls 1-7 [77] (changed combination cited)
Distribution
States
Tasmania, Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
East of Flinders Island, TAS (39º49'S, 149º06'E) and west of North West Cape, WA (22º01´S); tropical, temperate, Atlantic-Indo-west-central Pacific.
IMCRA
Southeast Transition (11), Central Western Transition (5)
Ecological Descriptors
Benthic, continental slope.
General References
Jones, A.T. & Sulak, K.J. 1990. First central Pacific plate and Hawaiian record of the deep-sea tripod fish Bathypterois grallator (Pisces: Chlorophthalmidae). Pacific Science 44: 254-257
Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E. & Bray, D.J. 2006. Ipnopidae. pp. 484-486 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [485]
Williams, A., Last, P.R., Gomon, M.F. & Paxton, J.R. 1996. Species composition and checklist of the demersal ichthyofauna of the continental slope off Western Australia (20–35º). Records of the Western Australian Museum 18: 135-155 [147]
Common Name References
Fishbase 2004. Fishbase at. http://www.fishbase.org/Summary. (Fishbase) (Tripodfish)
Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Tripod Spiderfish)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 20-Jul-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
- Bathypterois guentheri Alcock, A.W. 1889. Natural history notes from H.M. Indian Marine Survey Steamer Investigator, Commander Alfred Carpenter, R.N., D.S.O., commanding. — No. 13. On the bathybial fishes of the Bay of Bengal and neighbouring waters, obtained during the seasons 1885–1889. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 6 4(54, 57): 376-399, 450-461 [450] [as Bathypterois Guentheri].
Type data:
Holotype ZSI F 11770, Andaman Sea, 7.5 miles east of North Cinque Island.
Distribution
States
Queensland, Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
North-west of Shark Bay (24º28'S) to north of Port Hedland, WA (17º47'S, 118º19'E) and Coral Sea (ca 18ºS); tropical, Indo-west Pacific.
IMCRA
Northeast Province (18), Northwest Transition (3), Northwest Province (4), Central Western Transition (5)
Other Regions
Coral Sea Islands Territory
Ecological Descriptors
Benthic, continental slope.
Extra Ecological Information
1020-1700 m in Australia
General References
Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E. & Bray, D.J. 2006. Ipnopidae. pp. 484-486 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [485]
Williams, A., Last, P.R., Gomon, M.F. & Paxton, J.R. 1996. Species composition and checklist of the demersal ichthyofauna of the continental slope off Western Australia (20–35º). Records of the Western Australian Museum 18: 135-155 [147]
Common Name References
Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Tribute Spiderfish)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 21-Jul-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
- Bathypterois longifilis Günther, A. 1878. Preliminary notices of deep-sea fishes collected during the voyage of H.M.S. Challenger. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 5 2(2, 22, 28): 17-28, 179-187, 248-251 [183].
Type data:
Syntype(s) BMNH 1887.12.7.194-195, near the Kermadec Islands, New Zealand [29°40´–30°S, 178°05–15´W].
Distribution
States
New South Wales, Queensland
Extra Distribution Information
Off Danger Point, QLD (28º03´S) to off Ulladulla, NSW (35º27´S) and Lord Howe Rise and Norfolk Ridge; temperate, south-west Pacific (New Zealand).
IMCRA
Southeast Transition (11), Central Eastern Province (12), Lord Howe Province (14), Norfolk Island Province (21)
Ecological Descriptors
Benthic, continental slope.
General References
Gomon, M.F. 2015. Family Ipnopidae. pp. 562-565 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 2 pp. 1-576. [564]
Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E. & Bray, D.J. 2006. Ipnopidae. pp. 484-486 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [485]
Sulak, K.J. 1977. The systematics and biology of Bathypterois (Pisces, Chlorophthalmidae) with a revised classification of benthic myctophiform fishes. Galathea Report 14: 49-108 figs 1-32 pls 1-7
Common Name References
Fishbase 2004. Fishbase at. http://www.fishbase.org/Summary. (Fishbase) (Feeler Fish)
Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Longray Spiderfish)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 21-Jul-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
- Bathypterois longipes Günther, A. 1878. Preliminary notices of deep-sea fishes collected during the voyage of H.M.S. Challenger. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 5 2(2, 22, 28): 17-28, 179-187, 248-251 [184].
Type data:
Syntype(s) BMNH 1887.12.7.196-197, east coast of South America [36°44´S, 46°16´W].
Distribution
States
New South Wales
Extra Distribution Information
Off Newcastle, NSW (32º59´S); temperate, circumglobal.
IMCRA
Central Eastern Province (12)
Ecological Descriptors
Benthic, continental slope.
Extra Ecological Information
Trawled in 3000 m.
General References
Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E. & Bray, D.J. 2006. Ipnopidae. pp. 484-486 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [486]
Common Name References
Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Web 2004. Fishbase. http://www.fishbase.org/Summary., Fishbase, FAO) (Abyssal Spiderfish)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 01-Aug-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
Species Bathypterois parini Shcherbachev & Sulak, 1988
- Bathypterois parini Shcherbachev, Yu.N. & Sulak, K. J. 1988. A new species of the genus Bathypterois (Chlorphthalmidae) from the eastern Indian Ocean. Voprosy Ikhtiologii 28(3): 491-493 [in Russian, English translation if Journal of Ichthyology, 1989, Vol. 28(2): 120-123] [491, fig. 1].
Type data:
Holotype ZMMU P-15444, west of Sumatra, Indonesia [3°46'N, 95°00'E].
Paratype(s) USNM 287845.
Introduction
Records of the species from Australia are based on a tentative identification of Coral Sea material in Last et al. (2014) and specimens in AM from WA.
Distribution
Extra Distribution Information
Exmouth Plateau, WA (21°28'S, 113°39'E) and Coral Sea, east of Townsville (18°58'S, 159°34'E and 16 °53'S, 151°23'E), QLD; tropical, Indo-west Pacific
IMCRA
Northeast Province (18), Northwest Province (4)
Distribution References
Ecological Descriptors
Benthic, continental slope.
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
AULOPIFORMES | 21-Jul-2016 | ADDED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
- Bathypterois ventralis Garman, S. 1899. Reports on an exploration off the west coasts of Mexico, Central and South America, and off the Galapagos Islands, in charge of Alexander Agassiz, by the U.S. Fish Commission Steamer Albatross, during 1891, Lieut. Commander Z.L. Tanner, U.S.N., commanding. 26. The fishes. Memoirs of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University 24: 1-431, 98 pls [256, pl. 55(fig. 1)].
Type data:
Syntype(s) MCZ 28506, west coast of Mexico [16°23´N, 99°52´30"W]; MCZ 28507, west coast of Mexico [21°19´N, 106°24´W]; CAS(SU) 22964, [21°19'N, 106°24'W]; USNM 57887, [16°23'N, 99°52'30"W].
Distribution
States
Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
Off Kalbarri (27º33´S) to off south-west of Scott Reef (143º7'S, 121º20'E), WA; tropical, discontinuous (east Pacific).
IMCRA
Timor Province (2), Northwest Transition (3), Northwest Province (4), Central Western Transition (5), Central Western Province (6)
Distribution References
Ecological Descriptors
Benthic, continental slope.
General References
Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E. & Bray, D.J. 2006. Ipnopidae. pp. 484-486 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [486]
Williams, A., Last, P.R., Gomon, M.F. & Paxton, J.R. 1996. Species composition and checklist of the demersal ichthyofauna of the continental slope off Western Australia (20–35º). Records of the Western Australian Museum 18: 135-155 [147] (tentative identification)
Common Name References
Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Ventrad Spiderfish)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 21-Jul-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
- Bathytyphlops Nybelin, O. 1957. Deep-sea bottom fishes. Report of the Swedish Deep-Sea Expedition 1947–1948 2(20): 247-345 [260].
Type species:
Bathymicrops sewelli Norman, 1939 by original designation.
Distribution
States
New South Wales, Queensland, Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
Atlantic Indo-west-central Pacific
IMCRA
Central Eastern Province (12), Northeast Transition (19), Christmas Island Province (23), Northwest Transition (3)
Other Regions
Coral Sea Islands Territory
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 21-Jul-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
- Bathytyphlops marionae Mead, G.W. 1958. Three new species of archibenthic iniomous fishes from the western North Atlantic. Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences 48(11): 362-372 [370, fig. 4].
Type data:
Holotype FMNH 64439, Caribbean Sea [16°48´N, 82°33´W].
Paratype(s) MCZ 39394.
Distribution
States
New South Wales, Queensland, Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
South-west of Rowley Shoals, WA (18°23'S, 116°48'E), east of Osprey Reef, QLD (13°49'E) and from off Tuncurry, NSW, (32°07´S, 153°09´E), also south of Christmas Island; tropical, Atlantic Indo-west-central Pacific.
IMCRA
Central Eastern Province (12), Northeast Transition (19), Christmas Island Province (23), Northwest Transition (3)
Other Regions
Coral Sea Islands Territory
Ecological Descriptors
Benthic, continental slope.
Extra Ecological Information
Trawled in 1050–1150 m.
General References
Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E. & Bray, D.J. 2006. Ipnopidae. pp. 484-486 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [486]
Shcherbachev, Y.N. 1980. Preliminary review of the Indian Ocean species of the Chlorophthalmidae (Myctophiformes, Osteichthyes). pp. 47-67 in Parin, N.V. (ed.). Fishes of the Open Ocean. Moscow : Academy of Sciences 120 pp. [in Russian] [65]
Common Name References
Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Marion's Spiderfish)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 27-Jul-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
Genus Ipnops Günther, 1878
- Ipnops Günther, A. 1878. Preliminary notices of deep-sea fishes collected during the voyage of H.M.S. Challenger. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 5 2(2, 22, 28): 17-28, 179-187, 248-251 [186].
Type species:
Ipnops murrayi Günther, 1878 by monotypy (as Ipnops Murrayi).
Introduction
Some unidentified material is known from Australia and other species may occur in Australian waters.
Excluded Taxa
- Misidentifications
IPNOPIDAE: Ipnops murrayi Günther, 1878 — Thompson, B.A. 2003. Families Aulopidae, Chlorophthalidae, Ipnopidae, Scopelarchidae, Notosudidae. pp. 914-922 in Carpenter, K.E. (ed.). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Atlantic. Rome : FAO & American Society of Ichthyologists & Herpetologists Vol. 2 602-1373 pp. [918]; Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E. & Bray, D.J. 2006. Ipnopidae. pp. 484-486 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [486]
Distribution
States
New South Wales, Queensland, Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
Circumglobal.
IMCRA
Central Eastern Province (12), Northeast Transition (19), Cape Province (20), Southern Province (8)
Other Regions
Coral Sea Islands Territory
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 22-Jul-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
- Ipnops agassizi Garman, S. 1899. Reports on an exploration off the west coasts of Mexico, Central and South America, and off the Galapagos Islands, in charge of Alexander Agassiz, by the U.S. Fish Commission Steamer Albatross, during 1891, Lieut. Commander Z.L. Tanner, U.S.N., commanding. 26. The fishes. Memoirs of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University 24: 1-431, 98 pls [259, pl. H(figs 2, 2a)] [as Ipnops Agassizii].
Type data:
Lectotype MCZ 28501, off Galapagos Islands [2°34´N, 92°06´W].
Paralectotype(s) USNM 153593.Subsequent designation references:
Nielsen, J.G. 1966. Synopsis of the Ipnopidae (Pisces, Iniomi) with description of two new abyssal species. Galathea Report 8: 49-75 figs 1-15 pls xiv-xvi [56].
Miscellaneous Literature Names
- Ipnops murrayi Günther, 1878 [misidentification]. —
Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F., Allen, G.R. & Hanley, J.E. (eds) 1989. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Pisces: Petromyzontidae to Carangidae. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 7 665 pp. [236]
Distribution
States
New South Wales, Queensland, Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
Off northern Coral Sea, Qld (11°36'S, 145°29'E to 13°52'S, 146°33'E), off Nowra, NSW (34°58'S) and off Eucla, WA (128º12´E); tropical, temperate, Indo-Pacific.
IMCRA
Central Eastern Province (12), Northeast Transition (19), Cape Province (20), Southern Province (8)
Ecological Descriptors
Benthic, continental rise, continental slope.
Extra Ecological Information
1600-4000 m
General References
Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E. & Bray, D.J. 2006. Ipnopidae. pp. 484-486 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [486]
Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F., Allen, G.R. & Hanley, J.E. (eds) 1989. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Pisces: Petromyzontidae to Carangidae. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 7 665 pp. [236] (as Ipnops murrayi)
Sulak, K.J. 1986. Family No. 76: Chlorophthalmidae. pp. 261-265 in Smith, M.M. & Heemstra, P.C. (eds). Smith's Sea Fishes. Johannesburg : Macmillan South Africa xx + 1047 pp. 144 pls. [264]
Common Name References
Fishbase 2004. Fishbase at. http://www.fishbase.org/Summary. (Fishbase) (Grideye Fish)
Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Grideye Spiderfish)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 24-May-2022 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
Introduction
Baldwin & Johnson (1996) defined the suborder Giganturoidei. Wiley & Johnson (2010) followed that classification. It comprises two families of fishes found in mesopelagic and benthic environments of the continental slope in all oceans. Davis (2010) included this group in the suborder Alepisauroidei as a supefamily Ipnopoidea along with the Bathysauropsidae, Bathysauroididae and Ipnopidae.
General References
Baldwin, C.C. & Johnson, G.D. 1996. Interrelationships of Aulopiformes. pp. 355-404 in Stiassny, M.L.J., Parenti, L.R. & Johnson, G.D. (eds). Interrelationships of Fishes. San Diego : Academic Press 496 pp.
Davis, M.P. 2010. Evolutionary relationships of the Aulopiformes (Euteleostei: Cyclosquamata): a molecular and total evidence approach. pp. 431-470 in Nelson, J.S., Schultze, H.-P. & Wilson, M.V.H. Origin and Phylogenetic Interrelationships of Teleosts. München, Germany : Verlag Dr. Friedrich Pfeil 480 pp.
Wiley, E.O. & Johnson, G.D. 2010. A teleost classification based on monophyletic groups. pp. 123-182 in Nelson, J.S., Schultze, H.-P. & Wilson, M.V.H. Origin and Phylogenetic Interrelationships of Teleosts. München, Germany : Verlag Dr. Friedrich Pfeil 480 pp.
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 16-Jul-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
12-Feb-2010 | (import) |
Family GIGANTURIDAE
Telescope Fishes, Telescopefishes
Compiler and date details
16 July 2016 - John R. Paxton, Jennifer E. Gates, Dianne J. Bray & Douglass F. Hoese
John R. Paxton, Jennifer E. Gates & Dianne J. Bray
Introduction
The Giganturidae comprise a single genus of telescope fishes with two species. Both species occur in Australian waters.
Giganturids are meso- and bathypelagic in tropical and subtropical waters of all oceans. They are specialised predators of other deepsea fishes. Telescope fishes are distinguished by having tubular, forward-directed eyes, a large mouth which extends far behind the eye, a pectoral fin with 30–43 rays inserted horizontally high on body, a highly distensible stomach and a caudal fin with a very elongate lower lobe. Maximum size is more than 22 cm standard length.
The giganturids were revised by Johnson & Bertelsen (1991). The biology of the family was discussed by Walters (1961). Johnson (1984) summarised the development and relationships of the group. Placement here follows the work of Baldwin & Johnson (1996).
General References
Baldwin, C.C. & Johnson, G.D. 1996. Interrelationships of Aulopiformes. pp. 355-404 in Stiassny, M.L.J., Parenti, L.R. & Johnson, G.D. (eds). Interrelationships of Fishes. San Diego : Academic Press 496 pp.
Johnson, R.K. 1984. Giganturidae: development and relationships. pp. 199-201 fig. 105 in Moser, H.G. et al. (eds). Ontogeny and Systematics of Fishes. American Society of Ichthyologists and Herpetologists. Special Publication 1: 1-760
Johnson, R.K. & Bertelsen, E. 1991. The fishes of the family Giganturidae: systematics, distribution and aspects of biology. Dana Reports 91: 1-45
Walters, V. 1961. A contribution to the biology of the Giganturidae, with description of a new genus and species. Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard 125(10): 297-319 figs 1-7
Common Name References
Paxton, J.R. & Niem, V.H. 1999. Families Paralepididae, Anotopteridae, Evermannellidae, Omosudidae, Alepisauridae, Giganturidae. pp. 1948-1954 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1954] (FAO) (Telescope Fishes)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
12-Feb-2010 | (import) |
Genus Gigantura Brauer, 1901
- Gigantura Brauer, A. 1901. Über einige von der Valdivia-Expedition gesammelten Tiefseefische und ihre Augen. Sitzungsberichte der Gesellschaft zur Beförderung der Gesamten Naturwissenschaften du Marburg 8: 115-130 figs 1-3 [128].
Type species:
Gigantura chuni Brauer, 1901 by monotypy.
Distribution
States
Queensland, Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
Circumglobal.
IMCRA
Northeast Transition (19), Cape Province (20), Northwest Transition (3)
Other Regions
Coral Sea Islands Territory
Original AFD Distribution Data
Australian Region
- Australia
- Western Australia: W oceanic
General References
Johnson, R.K. & Bertelsen, E. 1991. The fishes of the family Giganturidae: systematics, distribution and aspects of biology. Dana Reports 91: 1-45
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 16-Jul-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
- Gigantura chuni Brauer, A. 1901. Über einige von der Valdivia-Expedition gesammelten Tiefseefische und ihre Augen. Sitzungsberichte der Gesellschaft zur Beförderung der Gesamten Naturwissenschaften du Marburg 8: 115-130 figs 1-3 [128].
Type data:
Holotype ZMB 17703 (missing), Gulf of Guinea [2°36´N, 3°27´E].
Distribution
States
Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
North of Port Hedland, WA (18°27'S, 116°33'E); tropical, circumglobal.
IMCRA
Northwest Transition (3)
Ecological Descriptors
Mesopelagic.
General References
John R. Paxton, Jennifer E. Gates & Dianne J. Bray 2006. Family Giganturidae. pp. 500-501 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [501]
Johnson, R.K. & Bertelsen, E. 1991. The fishes of the family Giganturidae: systematics, distribution and aspects of biology. Dana Reports 91: 1-45
Common Name References
Fishbase 2004. Fishbase at. http://www.fishbase.org/Summary. (Fishbase, AFS) (Gigantura)
Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Chun's Telescopefish)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 16-Jul-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
- Gigantura chuni indica Brauer, A. 1901. Über einige von der Valdivia-Expedition gesammelten Tiefseefische und ihre Augen. Sitzungsberichte der Gesellschaft zur Beförderung der Gesamten Naturwissenschaften du Marburg 8: 115-130 figs 1-3 [129] [as a new form].
Type data:
Lectotype ZMB 17704, north-west of the Chagos Island, Indian Ocean.
Paralectotype(s) whereabouts unknown.Subsequent designation references:
Johnson, R.K. & Bertelsen, E. 1991. The fishes of the family Giganturidae: systematics, distribution and aspects of biology. Dana Reports 91: 1-45 [20].
Generic Combinations
- Rosaura indica (Brauer, 1901). —
Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F., Allen, G.R. & Hanley, J.E. (eds) 1989. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Pisces: Petromyzontidae to Carangidae. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 7 665 pp. [245] (changed combination cited) - Gigantura indica Brauer, 1901. —
Johnson, R.K. & Bertelsen, E. 1991. The fishes of the family Giganturidae: systematics, distribution and aspects of biology. Dana Reports 91: 1-45 [30] (recognised as distinct species and placed back in Gigantura)
Distribution
States
Queensland, Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
North of Port Hedland, WA (18°08'S, 116°43'E) and east of Cape York (11°44'S, 144°48'E) to east of Cairns (16°50'S, 147°03'E), QLD; tropical, circumglobal.
IMCRA
Northeast Transition (19), Cape Province (20), Northwest Transition (3)
Ecological Descriptors
Mesopelagic.
General References
John R. Paxton, Jennifer E. Gates & Dianne J. Bray 2006. Family Giganturidae. pp. 500-501 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [501]
Johnson, R.K. & Bertelsen, E. 1991. The fishes of the family Giganturidae: systematics, distribution and aspects of biology. Dana Reports 91: 1-45
Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F., Allen, G.R. & Hanley, J.E. (eds) 1989. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Pisces: Petromyzontidae to Carangidae. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 7 665 pp. [245] (as Rosaura indica)
Common Name References
Fishbase 2004. Fishbase at. http://www.fishbase.org/Summary. (Fishbase, AFS) (Telescopefish)
Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Indian Telescopefish)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 16-Jul-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
Family BATHYSAURIDAE
Deepsea Lizardfishes
Compiler and date details
16 July 2016 - John R. Paxton, Jennifer E. Gates, Dianne J. Bray & Douglass F. Hoese
John R. Paxton, Jennifer E. Gates & Douglass F. Hoese
Introduction
Members of the Bathysauridae live in deep waters of all oceans. The family comprises one genus and two species. Only one species has been collected in Australian waters, but it is likely that the widespread species Bathysaurus mollis Günther, 1878 will also be found.
Deepsea lizardfishes are benthic in slope waters below 1000 m. Food items include benthic fishes and decapod crustaceans. Characteristics include a large mouth with strong teeth extending far behind the moderate-sized eye, enlarged lateral line scales and well-developed body scales. Maximum length is 61 cm.
Species of Bathysaurus were revised by Sulak et al. (1985). Johnson (1982) treated the group as a distinct family, and placement here follows the work of Baldwin & Johnson (1996).
General References
Baldwin, C.C. & Johnson, G.D. 1996. Interrelationships of Aulopiformes. pp. 355-404 in Stiassny, M.L.J., Parenti, L.R. & Johnson, G.D. (eds). Interrelationships of Fishes. San Diego : Academic Press 496 pp.
Johnson, R.K. 1982. Fishes of the families Evermannellidae and Scopelarchidae: systematics, morphology, interrelationships and zoogeography. Fieldiana Zoology ns 12: 1-252 figs 1-74
Sulak, K.J., Wenner, C.A., Sedberry, G.R. & van Guelpen, L. 1985. Life history and systematics of Bathysaurus. Canadian Journal of Zoology 63(3): 623-672
Common Name References
Gomon, M.F., Glover, C.J.M. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds) 1994. The Fishes of Australia's South Coast. Adelaide : State Printer 992 pp. 810 figs. [268] (Deepsea Lizardfishes)
Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1946] (FAO) (Deepsea Lizardfishes)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 05-Aug-2014 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
12-Feb-2010 | (import) |
- Bathysaurus Günther, A. 1878. Preliminary notices of deep-sea fishes collected during the voyage of H.M.S. Challenger. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 5 2(2, 22, 28): 17-28, 179-187, 248-251 [181].
Type species:
Bathysaurus ferox Günther, 1878 by subsequent designation, see Jordan, D.S. 1919. The genera of fishes. Part 3. Stanford University Publications, University Series 39: 285-410 [395].
Distribution
States
New South Wales, South Australia, Tasmania, Victoria, Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
Temperate, Atlantic Indo-west Pacific.
IMCRA
Tasmania Province (10), Southeast Transition (11), Central Eastern Province (12), Lord Howe Province (14), Central Western Province (6), Southwest Transition (7), Southern Province (8), West Tasmania Transition (9)
General References
Sulak, K.J., Wenner, C.A., Sedberry, G.R. & van Guelpen, L. 1985. Life history and systematics of Bathysaurus. Canadian Journal of Zoology 63(3): 623-672
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 16-Jul-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |
- Bathysaurus ferox Günther, A. 1878. Preliminary notices of deep-sea fishes collected during the voyage of H.M.S. Challenger. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 5 2(2, 22, 28): 17-28, 179-187, 248-251 [182].
Type data:
Holotype BMNH 1887.12.7.191, east coast of New Zealand.
Distribution
States
New South Wales, South Australia, Tasmania, Victoria, Western Australia
Extra Distribution Information
E of Crowdy Bay, NSW (31°46'S) to south Shark Bay, WA, also Lord Howe Ridge in the Tasman Sea; temperate, Atlantic Indo-west Pacific.
IMCRA
Tasmania Province (10), Southeast Transition (11), Central Eastern Province (12), Lord Howe Province (14), Central Western Province (6), Southwest Transition (7), Southern Province (8), West Tasmania Transition (9)
Ecological Descriptors
Benthic, continental slope.
General References
Gomon, M.F. 1994. Families Bathysauridae, Harpadontidae. pp. 268-271 figs 240-241 in Gomon, M.F., Glover, C.J.M. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds). The Fishes of Australia's South Coast. Adelaide : State Printer 992 pp. 810 figs. [269]
Gomon, M.F. 2008. Family Bathysauridae: Deepsea Lizardfishes. pp. 261-262 in Gomon, M.F., Bray, D.J. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds). Fishes of Australia's Southern Coast. Sydney : Reed New Holland 928 pp. [262]
Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E. & Hoese, D.F. 2006. Bathysauridae. pp. 502-503 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [502]
Russell, B.C. 2015. Family Bathysauridae. pp. 607-608 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 3 pp. 577-1152. [608]
Common Name References
Gomon, M.F., Glover, C.J.M. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds) 1994. The Fishes of Australia's South Coast. Adelaide : State Printer 992 pp. 810 figs. [269] (Deepsea Lizardfish)
Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Deepsea Lizardfish)
History of changes
Published | As part of group | Action Date | Action Type | Compiler(s) |
---|---|---|---|---|
22-Dec-2016 | AULOPIFORMES | 16-Jul-2016 | MODIFIED | Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM) |
27-Jul-2010 | MODIFIED |